US20190382422A1 - Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof - Google Patents

Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20190382422A1
US20190382422A1 US16/451,883 US201916451883A US2019382422A1 US 20190382422 A1 US20190382422 A1 US 20190382422A1 US 201916451883 A US201916451883 A US 201916451883A US 2019382422 A1 US2019382422 A1 US 2019382422A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound
cancer
stat3
alkoxy
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/451,883
Inventor
Patrick Thomas Gunning
Sina Haftchenary
Brent David George Page
Samuel Weiss
Hema Artee Luchman
Melissa L. Fishel
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
UTI LP
University of Toronto
Indiana University Research and Technology Corp
Original Assignee
UTI LP
University of Toronto
Indiana University Research and Technology Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by UTI LP, University of Toronto, Indiana University Research and Technology Corp filed Critical UTI LP
Priority to US16/451,883 priority Critical patent/US20190382422A1/en
Publication of US20190382422A1 publication Critical patent/US20190382422A1/en
Assigned to THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO reassignment THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: GUNNING, PATRICK THOMAS, HAFTCHENARY, Sina, PAGE, BRENT DAVID GEORGE
Assigned to INDIANA UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION reassignment INDIANA UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FISHEL, MELISSA L.
Assigned to UTI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP reassignment UTI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: WEISS, SAMUEL, LUCHMAN, HEMA ARTEE
Assigned to THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO reassignment THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: GUNNING, PATRICK THOMAS, HAFTCHENARY, Sina, PAGE, BRENT DAVID GEORGE
Assigned to INDIANA UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION reassignment INDIANA UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FISHEL, MELISSA L.
Assigned to UTI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP reassignment UTI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LUCHMAN, HEMA ARTEE, WEISS, SAMUEL
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/38—Phosphonic acids [RP(=O)(OH)2]; Thiophosphonic acids ; [RP(=X1)(X2H)2(X1, X2 are each independently O, S or Se)]
    • C07F9/40—Esters thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/15—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C311/21—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/36—Sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/66—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/84—Sulfur atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/18—Sulfonamides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/63—Compounds containing para-N-benzenesulfonyl-N-groups, e.g. sulfanilamide, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyl hydrazide
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14—The ring being saturated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/15—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C311/16—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C311/19—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to an acyclic carbon atom to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/38—Phosphonic acids [RP(=O)(OH)2]; Thiophosphonic acids ; [RP(=X1)(X2H)2(X1, X2 are each independently O, S or Se)]
    • C07F9/3804—Phosphonic acids [RP(=O)(OH)2]; Thiophosphonic acids ; [RP(=X1)(X2H)2(X1, X2 are each independently O, S or Se)] not used, see subgroups
    • C07F9/3882—Arylalkanephosphonic acids

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel salicylic acid derivative compound, compositions containing same and methods inhibiting STAT3 activity or for treating cancer where STAT3/5 are involved, such as in brain, breast, colon, hematologic, lung, ovarian and prostate cancers using said compounds.
  • STAT3 is persistently activated in over a dozen types of human cancers, including all the major carcinomas, including breast, brain, colon, pancreas, ovarian, and squamous cell carcinomas of head and neck (SCCHN) cancers, and melanomas as well as some hematologic tumors (Bowman T, et al (2000) Oncogene 19, 2474-88, and Darnell, J. E. (2005) Nat. Med. 11, 595-596).
  • SCHN head and neck
  • GBM Glioblastoma
  • BTSCs brain tumour stem cells
  • GBM brain tumour stem cells
  • STAT proteins were originally discovered as latent cytoplasmic transcription factors that mediate cytokine and growth factor responses (Darnell, J. E., Jr. (1996) Recent Prog. Norm. Res. 51, 391-403; Darnell, J. E. (2005) Nat. Med. 11, 595-596). Seven members of the family, STAT1, STAT2, STAT3, STAT4, STAT5a and STAT5b, and STAT6, mediate several physiological effects including growth and differentiation, survival, development and inflammation. STATs are SH2 domain-containing proteins.
  • STATs Upon ligand binding to cytokine or growth factor receptors, STATs become phosphorylated on critical Tyr residue (Tyr705 for STAT3) by growth factor receptors, cytoplasmic Janus kinases (Jaks) or Src family kinases. Two phosphorylated and activated STAT monomers dimerize through reciprocal pTyr-SH2 domain interactions, translocate to the nucleus, and bind to specific DNA-response elements of target genes, thereby inducing gene transcription (Darnell, J. E., Jr. (1996) Recent Prog. Norm. Res. 51, 391-403; Darnell, J. E. (2005) Nat. Med. 11, 595-596).
  • STAT3 protein is one of seven family members of the STAT family of transcription factor proteins.
  • STAT3 is activated through phosphorylation of a tyrosine 705 (Y705) that initiates complexation of two phosphorylated STAT3 monomers (pSTAT3).
  • pSTAT3 homodimers are mediated through reciprocal STAT3 Src Homology 2 (SH2) domain-pY705 STAT3 interactions.
  • pSTAT3:pSTAT3 homodimers translocate to the nucleus and bind DNA, promoting STAT3 target gene transcription.
  • Targeting STAT3 has been previously achieved with dominant negative constructs, oligonucleotides or, most commonly, phosphopeptidic agents that mimic the native pY705 containing binding sequence.
  • STAT3 inhibitors were designed for treatment of cancers harboring hyperactivated STAT3 protein.
  • Acid-based inhibitors have been identified in WO2012/018868 that potently and selectively block STAT3 dimerization and DNA-binding activity, namely, compound 450, also referred to as BP-1-102 (sometimes referred to as compound 1 herein).
  • Compound 450 in WO2012018868 potently suppresses multiple oncogenic properties in diverse cultured cancer cells (breast, lung, pancreatic, prostate, lung), including: cell proliferation, anchorage-independent cell growth, migration, invasion and motility.
  • STAT3 It is selective for STAT3, with over 10-fold less binding to 93% homologous STAT protein, STAT1. It showed little or no effect on phosphorylation of She, Src, Jak-1/2, Erk1/2 or Akt and had no effect on non-transformed cells (NIH 3T3 cells, STAT3 null mouse embryo fibroblasts, or mouse thymus stromal cells, nor does it affect transformed cells that do not harbor activated STAT3). Moreover, BP-1-102 exhibited striking anti-tumor effects in vivo in murine xenograft models of lung or breast cancer resulting in dramatic regression in tumor volumes. Western blots of residual tumors from treated mice showed repression in pSTAT3, cMyc, Cyclin D1, Bcl-xL, Survivin, and VEGF in a dose-dependent manner.
  • STAT3 inhibition induces cancer cell death and tumor regression.
  • Small-molecule STAT3 inhibitors thus provide tools for probing the molecular dynamics of the cellular processing of STAT3 to understand STAT3's role as a signaling intermediate and a molecular mediator of the events leading to carcinogenesis and malignant progression.
  • the STAT3 pathway is a key oncogenic driver in over a dozen types of human cancers, including all the major carcinomas, including breast, brain, colon, pancreas, ovarian, and squamous cell carcinomas of head and neck (SCCHN) cancers, and melanomas as well as some hematologic tumors (Bowman T, et al (2000) Oncogene 19, 2474-88, and Darnell, J. E. (2005) Nat. Med. 11, 595-596) the direct inhibition of STAT3 would provide a molecularly targeted route for effectively managing these cancers and especially aggressive forms such as GBM.
  • SCCHN head and neck
  • STAT5 signaling like STAT3 signaling, is transiently activated in normal cells and is deactivated by a number of different cytosolic and nuclear regulators, including phosphatases, SOCS, PIAS, and proteasomal degradation. Like STAT3, STAT5 has gained notoriety for its aberrant role in human cancers and tumorigenesis, having been found to be constitutively activated in many cancers, including those of the breast, liver, prostate, blood, skin, head and neck. (Muller, J., et al. Chem Bio Chem 2008, 9, 723-727). In cancer cells, STAT5 is routinely constitutively phosphorylated which leads to the aberrant expression of STAT5 target genes resulting in malignant transformation.
  • STAT5 has been identified as a key regulator in the development and progression of acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL; Gouilleux-Gruart, V., et al. Leukemia and Lymphoma 1997, 28, 83-88; Gouilleux-Gruart, V., et al. Blood 1996, 87, 1692-1697; Weber-Nordt, R. M., et al.
  • AML acute myelogenic
  • ALL acute lymphoblastic leukemias
  • inhibitors of upstream STAT5 activators have been shown to exhibit promising anti-cancer properties (Pardanani, A., et al. Leukemia 2011, 25, 218-225; Quintas-Cardama, A., et al. Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 2011, 10, 127-140).
  • the invention in one aspect, relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of STAT3.
  • the disclosed compounds and products of disclosed methods of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof are modulators of STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity, methods of making same, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, and methods of treating disorders associated with a STAT3 activity dysfunction using same.
  • the present invention relates to compounds that bind to STAT3 protein and negatively modulate STAT3 activity.
  • the present invention relates to compounds that bind to STAT5 protein and negatively modulate STAT5 activity.
  • compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Disclosed are methods for the treatment of a disorder associated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction, preferably hyperactivity or over-expression, in a mammal comprising the step of administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof.
  • Also disclosed are methods for inhibition of STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity in a mammal comprising the step of administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof.
  • Also disclosed are methods for inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity in at least one cell comprising the step of contacting the at least one cell with an effective amount of least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof.
  • R 1 is selected from A 1 , A 2 , -(A 1 )-(A 2 ), -(A 2 )-(A 3 ), -(A 3 )-(A 2 ), -(A 3 )-(A 4 ), -(A 5 )-(A 1 )-(A 7 ), -(A 5 )-(A 2 )-(A 8 ), -(A 5 )-(A 3 )-(A 7 ), and -(A 5 )-(A 6 )-L-(A 7 ); wherein A 1 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6
  • R 3 is selected from the structure represented by formula:
  • R 4 is a structure represented by formula:
  • R 13 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —COR 16 , —CN, —CH 2 PO(OH) 2 , —CH 2 P(O) 3 (CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —NHR 17 , and 1H-tetrazole;
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH, —O—C (1-2) alkyl, —OCH 2 OC(O)CH 3 , —OCH 2 OC(O)t-Butyl, and —NHOH
  • R 17 is selected from the group consisting of: —H, —C(O)C(O)CH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)C(O)OH, and —C(O)CH 2 -1H-tetrazole
  • R 14 is —H or when R 13 is —COR 16 and R 16 is OH, R 14 is —F, —OC(O)CH 3 ; and R 15 is H or when
  • the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and an acceptable excipient.
  • a method for inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, to a patient.
  • a method for treating or preventing cancer associated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, to a patient.
  • the cancer is from solid or hematological tumors.
  • the cancer is one harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5.
  • Such cancer can be for example breast, liver, prostate, blood, skin, head, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing cancer harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5, such as cancer from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • activated STAT3 and/or STAT5 such as cancer from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof for treating or preventing cancer harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5, such as the cancer is from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemiasassociated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction, such as breast, prostate or brain cancer.
  • AML acute myelogenic
  • composition as defined herein for use in inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity.
  • activated STAT3 and/or STAT5 such as the cancer is from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • Also disclosed are methods for manufacturing a medicament comprising combining at least one disclosed compound or at least one disclosed product with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the invention relates to the use of a disclosed compound in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder associated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction (such as hyperactivity or over-expression).
  • the invention relates to the use of the disclosed compound in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a cancer harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5, such as the cancer is from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • a cancer harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5
  • the cancer is from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • AML acute myelogenic
  • FIG. 1A is a graph illustrating a comparison of compound 1 against compounds 22, 31, 32, and 33 from library BTSC30M;
  • FIG. 1B is a table illustrating the IC 50 values from the compounds tested in FIG. 1A against BTSCs, 25EF, 67EF, 73E, 84EF, and 127EF;
  • FIG. 2A illustrates the insensitivity of a number of compounds against a variety of kinases and structural proteins
  • FIG. 2B illustrates SPR curves displaying the binding affinity of the best hits to STAT3/5 proteins
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a treespot dendrogram displaying that compound 27 does not inhibit any of the 101 kinases tested against, a hit being defined as >35% inhibition.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a Western blot analysis of the top three compounds against BTSC 147M and their comparison against a well-established Jak2 inhibitor WP1066 at 1 ⁇ M against BTSCM 73M;
  • FIG. 5 illustrates the IC 50 determination of control (Staurosporine) against the selected kinases
  • FIG. 6 is a table illustrating the measurements of kinase concentration in eluates by qPCR
  • FIG. 7 is a calibration curve performed using 10 nM Fam-pYLPQTV and dilutions of STAT3 and STAT1 protein (5.0 ⁇ L to 2.4 nM) at a final DMSO concentration of 10%;
  • FIG. 8 illustrates the screening of compounds 22, 31, 32, and 33 against a number of BTSCs, where each compound was screened twice at various concentrations'
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the survival of pancreatic 10.05 patient cells treated with STAT3 inhibitors
  • FIG. 10 illustrates the effect of Pa03C low passage patient cells pretreated with STAT3 inhibitor 1 hr and then stimulated with IL6 cytokine for 15 min;
  • FIG. 11 illustrates the effects of STAT3 inhibitor 31 on low passage patient-derived pancreatic cancer line (Pa03C) plated in a 96-well plate coated with 1% Noble Agar in media containing 3% Matrigel, with and without cancer-associated fibroblasts;
  • FIG. 12 illustrates compound 31 potently reducing cell viability in 12 of 15 different multiple myeloma tumor cell lines as assessed by MTT assay with calculated ED 50 's ranging from between 2-6 ⁇ M;
  • FIG. 13 illustrates the hematoxylin/eosin staining—hypercellular tumour dense areas staining (white) with hematoxylin in BT73 cells (A) without and (B) with inhibitor 31;
  • FIG. 14 illustrates the effect of compound 31 for decreasing pSTAT expression in mice orthotopically xenografted with BT73 brain cancer cells
  • FIG. 15 illustrates the effect of compound 31 for reducing proliferation in BT73 brain tumours
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an increased apoptosis (TUNEL staining) in mice treated with compound 31′
  • FIG. 17 illustrates that concentration of compound 31 was found to be present in the brain with different dosing (10 mg/kg and 25 mg/kg) as assessed by LCMS;
  • FIG. 18 illustrates the concentration of compound 31 found in the brain as assessed by LCMS
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the concentration of compound 32 found in the brain as assessed by LCMS
  • FIG. 20 illustrates the fluorescence of 2071 NIC Cell Line treated with compound 31 (SH-04-54) or with BP1-102;
  • FIG. 21 illustrates the fluorescence of various NIC Cell Line treated with compound 31 (SH-04-54) or with BP1-102.
  • dates of publication provided herein can be different from the actual publication dates, which can require independent confirmation.
  • Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, a further aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms a further aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.
  • references in the specification and concluding claims to parts by weight of a particular element or component in a composition denotes the weight relationship between the element or component and any other elements or components in the composition or article for which a part by weight is expressed.
  • X and Y are present at a weight ratio of 2:5, and are present in such ratio regardless of whether additional components are contained in the compound.
  • a weight percent (wt. %) of a component is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
  • the terms “optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
  • STAT3 signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 (acute-phase response),” and “signal transducer and activator of transcription 3” can be used interchangeably and refer to a a transcription factor encoded by a gene designated in human as the STAT3 gene, which has a human gene map locus of 17q21 and described by Entrez Gene cytogenetic band: 17q21.31; Ensembl cytogenetic band: 17q21.2; and, HGNC cytogenetic band: 17q21.
  • STAT3 refers to a human protein that has 770 amino acids and has a molecular weight of about 88,068 Da.
  • the term is inclusive of splice isoforms or variants, and also inclusive of that protein referred to by such alternative designations as: APRF, MGC 16063, Acute-phase response factor, DNA-binding protein APRF, HIES as used by those skilled in the art to that protein encoded by human gene STAT3.
  • APRF splice isoforms or variants
  • MGC 16063 Acute-phase response factor
  • APRF DNA-binding protein
  • HIES DNA-binding protein encoded by human gene STAT3.
  • the term is also inclusive of the non-human ortholog or homolog thereof.
  • STAT5 refers to STAT5A and/or STAT5B. If specific reference to either STAT5A or STAT5B is required, the specific term will be used herein.
  • STAT5A and “signal transducer and activator of transcription 5A” can be used interchangeably and refer to a a transcription factor encoded by a gene designated in human as the STAT5A gene, which has a human gene map locus described by Entrez Gene cytogenetic band: 17ql 1.2; Ensembl cytogenetic band: 17q21.2; and, HGNC cytogenetic band: 17q 1 1.2.
  • STAT5A refers to a human protein that has 794 amino acids and has a molecular weight of about 90,647 Da.
  • the term is inclusive of splice isoforms or variants, and also inclusive of that protein referred to by such alternative designations as MGF and STAT5 as used by those skilled in the art to that protein encoded by human gene STAT5A.
  • the term is also inclusive of the non-human ortholog or homolog thereof.
  • STAT5B and “signal transducer and activator of transcription SB” can be used interchangeably and refer to a a transcription factor encoded by a gene designated in human as the STAT5B gene, which has a human gene map locus described by Entrez Gene cytogenetic band: 17ql 1.2; Ensembl cytogenetic band: 17q21.2; and, HGNC cytogenetic band: 17ql 1.2.
  • STAT5A refers to a human protein that has 787 amino acids and has a molecular weight of about 89,866 Da.
  • the term is inclusive of splice isoforms or variants, and also inclusive of that protein referred to by such alternative designations as transcription factor STAT5B as used by those skilled in the art to that protein encoded by human gene STAT5A.
  • the term is also inclusive of the non-human ortholog or homolog thereof.
  • the term “subject” can be a vertebrate, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian.
  • the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The term does not denote a particular age or sex.
  • the subject is a mammal.
  • a patient refers herein to a subject afflicted with cancer, preferably glioblastoma.
  • patient includes human and veterinary subjects.
  • treatment refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
  • This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
  • active treatment that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder
  • causal treatment that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
  • palliative treatment that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder
  • preventative treatment that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder
  • supportive treatment that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
  • the term covers any treatment of a subject, including a mammal (e.g., a human), and includes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject that can be predisposed to the disease but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting its development; or (iii) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease.
  • the subject is a mammal such as a primate, and, in a further aspect, the subject is a human.
  • subject also includes domesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), and laboratory animals (e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc.).
  • domesticated animals e.g., cats, dogs, etc.
  • livestock e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.
  • laboratory animals e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc.
  • prevent refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action. It is understood that where reduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expressly disclosed.
  • diagnosisd means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by the compounds, compositions, or methods disclosed herein.
  • diagnosis with a disorder treatable by STAT3 inhibition means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by a compound or composition that can inhibit or negatively modulate STAT3.
  • diagnosis with a need for inhibition of STAT3 refers to having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition characterized by a dysfunction in STAT3 activity.
  • a diagnosis can be in reference to a disorder, such as an oncological disorder or disease, cancer and/or disorder of uncontrolled cellular proliferation and the like, as discussed herein.
  • the term “diagnosed with a need for inhibition of STAT3 activity” refers to having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by inhibition of STAT3 activity.
  • “diagnosed with a need for modulation of STAT3 activity” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by modulation of STAT3 activity, e.g. negative modulation.
  • “diagnosed with a need for treatment of one or more disorder of uncontrolled cellular proliferation associated with STAT3 dysfunction” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have one or disorders of uncontrolled cellular proliferation, e.g. a cancer, associated with STAT3 dysfunction.
  • STAT3 or STAT5-dependent cancer refers to a cancer harboring constitutively activated STAT3 or STAT5.
  • the phrase “identified to be in need of treatment for a disorder,” or the like, refers to selection of a subject based upon need for treatment of the disorder.
  • a subject can be identified as having a need for treatment of a disorder (e.g., a disorder related to STAT3 activity) based upon an earlier diagnosis by a person of skill and thereafter subjected to treatment for the disorder.
  • the identification can, in one aspect, be performed by a person different from the person making the diagnosis.
  • the administration can be performed by one who subsequently performed the administration.
  • administering refers to any method of providing a pharmaceutical preparation to a subject. Such methods are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, oral administration, transdermal administration, administration by inhalation, nasal administration, topical administration, intravaginal administration, ophthalmic administration, intraaural administration, intracerebral administration, rectal administration, sublingual administration, buccal administration, and parenteral administration, including injectable such as intravenous administration, intra-arterial administration, intramuscular administration, and subcutaneous administration. Administration can be continuous or intermittent.
  • a preparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existing disease or condition.
  • a preparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a disease or condition.
  • contacting refers to bringing a disclosed compound and a cell, target STAT3 protein, or other biological entity together in such a manner that the compound can affect the activity of the target (e.g., spliceosome, cell, etc.), either directly; i.e., by interacting with the target itself, or indirectly; i.e., by interacting with another molecule, co-factor, factor, or protein on which the activity of the target is dependent.
  • the target e.g., spliceosome, cell, etc.
  • the terms “effective amount” and “amount effective” refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result or to have an effect on an undesired condition.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have an effect on undesired symptoms, but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side effects.
  • the specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration.
  • compositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose.
  • the dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products.
  • a preparation can be administered in a “prophylactically effective amount”; that is, an amount effective for prevention of a disease or condition.
  • EC 50 is intended to refer to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% agonism or activation of a biological process, or component of a process, including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein, etc.
  • a substance e.g., a compound or a drug
  • an EC 50 can refer to the concentration of a substance that is required for 50% agonism or activation in vivo, as further defined elsewhere herein.
  • EC 50 refers to the concentration of agonist or activator that provokes a response halfway between the baseline and maximum response.
  • IC 50 is intended to refer to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% inhibition of a biological process, or component of a process, including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein, etc.
  • a substance e.g., a compound or a drug
  • an IC 50 can refer to the plasma concentration of a substance that is required for 50% inhibition in vivo, as further defined elsewhere herein. More commonly, IC 50 refers to the half maximal (50%) inhibitory concentration (IC) of a substance required to inhibit a process or activity in vitro.
  • STAT3 IC 50 refers to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% inhibition of a STAT3 activity.
  • an IC 50 can refer to the plasma concentration of a substance that is required for 50% inhibition of an in vivo activity or process as further defined elsewhere herein, e.g. tumor growth in an animal or human.
  • STAT3 IC 50 refers the half maximal (50%) inhibitory concentration (IC) of a substance or compound required to inhibit a process or activity an in vitro context, e.g. a cell-free or cell-based assay.
  • the STAT3 IC 50 can be in the context of the half-maximal concentration required to inhibit cell growth.
  • the response is measured in a cell-line with aberrant STAT3 activity.
  • the response is measured in a cell-line with persistently active STAT3.
  • the response can be determined using a cell-line derived from a human breast cancer, human pancreatic cancer, and human prostate cancer.
  • the response can be measured in a cell-line selected from MDA-MB-231, Panc-1, and DU-145.
  • Cell-lines transfected with specific genes can also be used.
  • the response can be measured in a cell-line transfected with v-Src.
  • the cell-line transfected with v-Src is a permanent cell-line.
  • the STAT3 IC 50 is the half-maximal concentration required to inhibit STAT3 activity in a cell-free assay, e.g. an electrophoretic mobility shift assay (“EMSA”).
  • the STAT3 IC 50 is the half-maximal concentration required to inhibit cell-growth, cell viability or cell migration activity.
  • STAT3 K D refers to the binding affinity of a compound or substance for the STAT3 determined in an in vitro assay.
  • the K D of a substance for a protein can be determined by a variety of methods known to one skilled in the art, e.g. equilibrium dialysis, analytical ultracentrifugation and surface plasmon resonance (“SPR”) analysis.
  • SPR surface plasmon resonance
  • STAT3 K D is defined as the ratio of association and dissociation rate constants determined using SPR analysis using purified STAT3 protein.
  • STAT3 K i refers to the inhibition constant for the displacement of a STAT3 SH2 probe from STAT3 protein.
  • the STAT3 SH2 can be fluorescence-labelled GpYLPQTV.
  • the fluorescence label is 5-carboxyfluorescein, although other suitable fluorescence probes can be used as determined to be useful and convenient by one skilled in the art.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable describes a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., without causing an unacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner.
  • derivative refers to a compound having a structure derived from the structure of a parent compound (e.g., a compound disclosed herein) and whose structure is sufficiently similar to those disclosed herein and based upon that similarity, would be expected by one skilled in the art to exhibit the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds, or to induce, as a precursor, the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds.
  • exemplary derivatives include salts, esters, amides, salts of esters or amides, and N-oxides of a parent compound.
  • aqueous and non-aqueous carriers include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions and by the use of surfactants.
  • These compositions can also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents such as paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid and the like. It can also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride and the like.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the inclusion of agents, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption.
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide, poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable media just prior to use.
  • Suitable inert carriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% by weight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effective particle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.
  • a residue of a chemical species refers to the moiety that is the resulting product of the chemical species in a particular reaction scheme or subsequent formulation or chemical product, regardless of whether the moiety is actually obtained from the chemical species.
  • the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds.
  • the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
  • Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below.
  • the permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
  • the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
  • substitution or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. It is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).
  • a 1 ”, “A 2 ”, “A 3 ”, and “A 4 ” are used herein as generic symbols to represent various specific substituents. These symbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein, and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance, they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents.
  • alkyl as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, i-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, i-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like.
  • the alkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic.
  • the alkyl group can be branched or unbranched.
  • the alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
  • a “lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six (e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms.
  • alkyl is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group.
  • halogenated alkyl or “haloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
  • alkoxyalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below.
  • alkylamino specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups, as described below, and the like.
  • alkyl is used in one instance and a specific term such as “alkylalcohol” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as “alkylalcohol” and the like. [0086] This practice is also used for other groups described herein.
  • cycloalkyl refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyl moieties
  • the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an “alkylcycloalkyl.”
  • a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy”
  • a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g., an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like.
  • the practice of using a general term, such as “cycloalkyl,” and a specific term, such as “alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the general term does not also include the specific term.
  • cycloalkyl as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms.
  • examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbomyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkyl is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
  • the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • polyalkylene group as used herein is a group having two or more CH 2 groups linked to one another.
  • the polyalkylene group can be represented by the formula —(CH2) a —, where “a” is an integer of from 2 to 500.
  • Alkoxy also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as just described; that is, an alkoxy can be a polyether such as —OA 1 -OA 2 or —OA 1 -(OA 2 ) a -OA 3 , where “a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.
  • alkenyl as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • Asymmetric structures such as (A 1 A 2 )C ⁇ C(A 3 A 4 ) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C ⁇ C.
  • the alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
  • groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described here
  • cycloalkenyl as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bound, i.e., C ⁇ C.
  • Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbornenyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkenyl is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
  • the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • alkynyl as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • the alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
  • cycloalkynyl as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound.
  • cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cycloheptynyl, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkynyl is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
  • the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • aryl as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, phenoxybenzene, and the like.
  • aryl also includes “heteroaryl,” which is defined as a group that contains an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus.
  • non-heteroaryl which is also included in the term “aryl,” defines a group that contains an aromatic group that does not contain a heteroatom. The aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the aryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • biasing is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of “aryl.”
  • Biaryl refers to two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.
  • aldehyde as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)H. Throughout this specification “C(O)” is a short hand notation for a carbonyl group, i.e., C ⁇ O.
  • amine or “amino” as used herein are represented by the formula —NA 1 A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, hydrogen or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkcnyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • alkylamino as used herein is represented by the formula —NH(-alkyl) where alkyl is a described herein.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, and the like.
  • dialkylamino as used herein is represented by the formula —N(-alkyl)2 where alkyl is a described herein.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group, diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)amino group, dipentylamino group, diisopentylamino group, di(tert-pentyl)amino group, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N-methyl-N-propylamino group, N-ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like.
  • carboxylic acid as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)OH.
  • esters as used herein is represented by the formula —OC(O)A 1 or —C(O)OA 1 , where A 1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • polyester as used herein is represented by the formula -(A 1 O—(O)C-A 2 -C(O)O)— or -(A 1 O(O)C-A 2 -OC(O)) a —, where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer from 1 to 500. “Polyester” is as the term used to describe a group that is produced by the reaction between a compound having at least two carboxylic acid groups with a compound having at least two hydroxyl groups.
  • ether as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 OA 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein.
  • polyether as used herein is represented by the formula -(A 1 0-A 2 0) a -, where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer of from 1 to 500.
  • Examples of polyether groups include polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and polybutylene oxide.
  • halide refers to the halogens fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • heterocycle refers to single and multi-cyclic aromatic or non-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon.
  • Heterocycle includes azetidine, dioxane, furan, imidazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, morpholine, oxazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, letrazine, including 1,2,4,5-tetrazine, tetrazole, including 1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 1,2,4,5-tetrazole, thiadiazole, including, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, and 1,3,4-thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazine, including 1,3,5-triazin
  • hydroxyl as used herein is represented by the formula —OH.
  • ketone as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 C(O)A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • nitro as used herein is represented by the formula —NO 2 .
  • nitrile as used herein is represented by the formula —CN.
  • sulfo-oxo as used herein is represented by the formulas —S(O)A 1 , —S(O) 2 A 1 , —OS(O) 2 A 1 , or —OS(O) 2 OA 1 , where A 1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • S(O) is a short hand notation for S—O.
  • the term “sulfonyl” is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the —S(O) 2 A 1 , where A 1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • sulfone as used herein is represented by the formula A'S(O) 2 A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • sulfoxide as used herein is represented by the formula A'S(O)A 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • thiol as used herein is represented by the formula —SH.
  • R 1 ”, “R 2 ”, “R 3 ”, “R n ” where n is an integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above.
  • R 1 is a straight chain alkyl group
  • one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like.
  • a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e., attached) to the second group.
  • the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group.
  • the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. The nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
  • compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties.
  • substituted whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent.
  • an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
  • stable refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain aspects, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 R 0 ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 OR 0 ; —O(CH 2 ) 0-4 R 0 , —O—(CH 2 ) 0-4 C(O)OR 0 ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 CH—(OR 0 ) 2 ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 Ph, which may be substituted with R 0 ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 O(CH 2 ) 0-1 Ph which may be substituted with R 0 ; —CH ⁇ CHPh, which may be substituted with R 0 ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 O(CH 2 ) 0-1 -pyridyl which may be substituted with R 0 ; —NO 2 —CN; —N 3 ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 N(
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on R 0 are independently halogen, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 R*, -(haloR*), —(CH 2 ) 0-2 OH, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 OR*, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 CH(OR*) 2 ; —O(haloR*), —CN, —N 3 , —(CH 2 ) 0-2 C(O)R*, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 C(O)OH, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 C(O)OR*, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 SR*, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 SH, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 NH 2 , —(CH 2 ) 0-2 NHR*, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 NR* 2 , —NO 2 ,
  • Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group include the following: ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ NNR* 2 , ⁇ NNHC(O)R* ⁇ NNHC(O)OR*, ⁇ NNHS(O) 2 R*, ⁇ NR*, ⁇ NOR* —O(C(R* 2 )) 2-3 O— or —S(C(R* 2 )) 2-3 S— wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen.
  • C 1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: —O(CR* 2 ) 2-3 O—, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, —R*, -(haloR*), —OH, —OR*, —O(haloR*), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR*, —NH 2 , —NHR*, —NR* 2 , or —NO 2 , wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C 1-4 aliphatic, —CH 2 Ph, —O(CH 2 ) 0-1 Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include —R + , —NR + 2 , —C(O)R + , —C(O)OR + , —C(O)C(O)R + , —C(O)CH 2 C(O)R + , — S(O) 2 R + , —S(O) 2 NR + 2 .
  • each R + is independently hydrogen, C 1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted —OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R + , taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* are independently halogen, —R*, -(haloR*), —OH, —OR*, —O(haloR*), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR*, —NH 2 , —NHR*, —NR* 2 , or —NO 2 , wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C 1-4 aliphatic, —CH 2 Ph, —O(CH 2 ) 0-1 Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • leaving group refers to an atom (or a group of atoms) with electron withdrawing ability that can be displaced as a stable species, taking with it the bonding electrons.
  • Suitable leaving groups include halides—including chloro, bromo, and iodo—and pseudohalides (sulfonate esters)—including triflate, mesylate, tosylate, and brosylate. It is also contemplated that a hydroxyl moiety can be converted into a leaving group via Mitsunobu reaction.
  • hydrolysable group and “hydrolysable moiety” refer to a functional group capable of undergoing hydrolysis, e.g., under basic or acidic conditions.
  • hydrolysable residues include, without limitation, acid halides, activated carboxylic acids, and various protecting groups known in the art (see, for example, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999).
  • organic residue defines a carbon containing residue, i.e., a residue comprising at least one carbon atom, and includes but is not limited to the carbon-containing groups, residues, or radicals defined hereinabove.
  • Organic residues can contain various heteroatoms, or be bonded to another molecule through a heteroatom, including oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or the like. Examples of organic residues include but are not limited alkyl or substituted alkyls, alkoxy or substituted alkoxy, mono or di-substituted amino, amide groups, etc.
  • Organic residues can preferably comprise 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 15, carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • an organic residue can comprise 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 2 to 15, carbon atoms, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • radical refers to a fragment, group, or substructure of a molecule described herein, regardless of how the molecule is prepared.
  • the radical for example an alkyl
  • substituted alkyl can be further modified (i.e., substituted alkyl) by having bonded thereto one or more “substituent radicals.”
  • the number of atoms in a given radical is not critical to the present invention unless it is indicated to the contrary elsewhere herein.
  • Organic radicals contain one or more carbon atoms.
  • An organic radical can have, for example, 1-26 carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms.
  • an organic radical can have 2-26 carbon atoms, 2-18 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, or 2-4 carbon atoms.
  • Organic radicals often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atoms of the organic radical.
  • an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like.
  • organic radicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, di-substituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamide, substituted alkylcarboxamide, dialkylcarboxamide, substituted dialkylcarboxamide, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein.
  • Inorganic radicals contain no carbon atoms and therefore comprise only atoms other than carbon.
  • Inorganic radicals comprise bonded combinations of atoms selected from hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, selenium, and halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, which can be present individually or bonded together in their chemically stable combinations.
  • Inorganic radicals have 10 or fewer, or preferably one to six or one to four inorganic atoms as listed above bonded together. Examples of inorganic radicals include, but not limited to, amino, hydroxy, halogens, nitro, thiol, sulfate, phosphate, and like commonly known inorganic radicals.
  • the inorganic radicals do not have bonded therein the metallic elements of the periodic table (such as the alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, lanthanide metals, or actinide metals), although such metal ions can sometimes serve as a pharmaceutically acceptable cation for anionic inorganic radicals such as a sulfate, phosphate, or like anionic inorganic radical.
  • Inorganic radicals do not comprise metalloids elements such as boron, aluminum, gallium, germanium, arsenic, tin, lead, or tellurium, or the noble gas elements, unless otherwise specifically indicated elsewhere herein.
  • a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture.
  • Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentially give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers.
  • the present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolated specific stereoisomers, arc also included.
  • the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.
  • a specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
  • a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture.
  • Many of the compounds described herein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist in different enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can be designated with an asterisk (*). When bonds to the chiral carbon are depicted as straight lines in the disclosed formulas, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and hence both enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula.
  • one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane).
  • the Cahn-Inglod-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.
  • Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopic abundance and in non-natural abundance.
  • the disclosed compounds can be isotopically-labelled or isotopically-substituted compounds identical to those described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 16 O, 17 O, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl, respectively.
  • Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention.
  • Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of the present invention for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as H and C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability.
  • Isotopically labelled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readily available isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.
  • the compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate.
  • the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueous solution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate.
  • the compounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, for example, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution.
  • one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvate or water molecules can combine with the compounds according to the invention to form solvates and hydrates.
  • the invention includes all such possible solvates.
  • co-crystal means a physical association of two or more molecules which owe their stability through non-covalent interaction.
  • One or more components of this molecular complex provide a stable framework in the crystalline lattice.
  • the guest molecules are incorporated in the crystalline lattice as anhydrates or solvates, see e.g. “Crystal Engineering of the Composition of Pharmaccutical Phases. Do Pharmaceutical Co-crystals Represent a New Path to Improved Medicines?” Almarasson, O., et. al., The Royal Society of Chemistry, 1889-1896, 2004.
  • Examples of co-crystals include p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid.
  • ketones with an ⁇ -hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enol form.
  • amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in equilibrium of the amide form and the imidic acid form.
  • the invention includes all such possible tautomers.
  • polymorphic forms It is known that chemical substances form solids which are present in different states of order which are termed polymorphic forms or modifications.
  • the different modifications of a polymorphic substance can differ greatly in their physical properties.
  • the compounds according to the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with it being possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible polymorphic forms.
  • a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula:
  • n is typically an integer. That is, R n is understood to represent five independent substituents, R n(a) , R n(b) , R n(c) , R n(d) , and R n(e) .
  • independent substituents it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance R n(a) is halogen, then R n(b) is not necessarily halogen in that instance.
  • compositions of the invention Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions of the invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used within the methods disclosed herein.
  • these and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these compounds cannot be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of the compound and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary.
  • the invention relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of STAT3/STAT5.
  • the disclosed compounds and products of disclosed methods of making are modulators of STAT3/STAT5 activity.
  • the present invention relates to compounds that bind to a STAT3 protein and negatively modulate STAT3 activity.
  • the present invention relates to compounds that bind to a STAT5 protein and negatively modulate STAT5 activity.
  • the disclosed compounds exhibit inhibition of STAT3/5 activity.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cancer associated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction, such as breast, prostate or brain cancer and glioblastoma, and other diseases in which a STAT3/5 protein is involved, as further described herein.
  • each disclosed derivative can be optionally further substituted. It is also contemplated that any one or more derivative can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed compound can be provided by the disclosed methods. It is also understood that the disclosed compounds can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
  • R 1 is selected from A 1 , A 2 , -(A 1 )-(A 2 ), -(A 2 )-(A 3 ), -(A 3 )-(A 2 ), -(A 3 )-(A 4 ), -(A 5 )-(A 1 )-(A 7 ), -(A 5 )-(A 2 )-(A 8 ), -(A 5 )-(A 3 )-(A 7 ), and -(A 5 )-(A 6 )-L-(A 7 ); wherein A 1 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 hal
  • R 3 is selected from the structure represented by formula:
  • R 4 is a structure represented by formula:
  • R 13 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —COR 16 , —CN, —CH 2 PO(OH) 2 , —CH 2 P(O) 3 (CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —NHR 17 , and 1H-tetrazole;
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH, —O—C (1-2) alkyl, —OCH 2 OC(O)CH 3 , —OCH 2 OC(O)t-Butyl, and —NHOH
  • R 17 is selected from the group consisting of: —H, —C(O)C(O)CH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)C(O)OH, and —C(O)CH 2 -1H-tetrazole
  • R 14 is —H or when R 13 is —COOH, R 14 is —F, —OC(O)CH 3 ; and R 13 is —H when R 14 is —OH
  • alkyl 39-40
  • acetoxymethyl AOM
  • pivaloyloxymethyl POM
  • acetylated prodrug 22, 23
  • a phosphotyrosine-like phosphonate derivative of 1 was prepared, 21 and the prodrug analog, 20.
  • the relative ring positions of the hydroxy- and carboxylate groups were inversed (38), the hydroxyl substituent replaced with a fluoride (33, 43) or removed entirely and replaced with a hydrogen atom (31, 42).
  • the electronegative fluorinated analogs, 33, 43 were prepared to lower inhibitor polarity by reducing the charge on carboxylate and thus, for improving cell permeability.
  • the hydroxyl group deletion or replacement with fluorine would preclude phase II glucoronidation.
  • an N-hydroxyl amino (32, 44), sulfonamide (12-15), sulfonamine (16), tetrazole (35, 41) and N-hydoxy-oxamic acid (28, 46) derivatives were prepared.
  • Selected prodrug analogs of the bioisosteres were also prepared (17-18).
  • the library was screened for biological activity against a set of three representative GBM BTSCs derived from GBM patients, including the very aggressive GBM BTSC lines, BTSC73M, BTSC30M and BTSC68EF.
  • Dissociated BTSC spheres were sceded at 1500 cells/96-well and treated with drug compound or vehicle (DMSO) one day after plating. Cell viability following drug treatment was assessed after 72 hrs using the alamarBlueTM assay (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's instructions. All culture experiments were performed in triplicate with a minimum of three wells per condition.
  • IC 50 values obtained from the results of these experiments were compared to BP-1-102 compound (also referred in these experiments as compound 1), and Cucurbitacin, a JAK2 inhibitor and the most potent inhibitor of BTSCs to date, as references (Table 2).
  • the top four ranked compounds, 22, 31, 32, and 33, which displayed IC 50 values ranging from 100 nM to 3.8 ⁇ M were further investigated against BTSCs, 25M, 67EF, 73EF, 84EF and 127EF which represent the molecular heterogeneity of human GBMs ( FIGS. 1A and 1B ). Across, all 8 BTSCs evaluated, compounds 22 and 31-33 showed remarkable activity, with EC 50 s ranging from 66-1145 nM.
  • compound 31 equipped with a benzoic acid substituent, exhibited significantly higher potency against a larger number of BTSCs.
  • compound 31 equipped with a benzoic acid substituent, exhibited significantly higher potency against a larger number of BTSCs.
  • Most notably, against 127EF, 31, with an EC 50 66 ⁇ 33.9 nM, represents the most potent small molecule inhibitor of a BTSC, more potent even than Cucurbitacin (EC 50 630 nM and 700 nM v.s. 30M and 73M respectively).
  • nM cytoxicity Given the nM cytoxicity, these compounds were assayed for biological effects in healthy cells.
  • a series of normal human fetal astrocytes were subjected to top three inhibitors at concentrations up to 5 ⁇ M (10-20 fold higher than reported IC 50 s against BTSCs).
  • compounds 22, 31 and 32 showed minimal toxicity at concentrations of up to 5 ⁇ M in normal human cells, identifying a clear therapeutic window for these agents in GBM.
  • compound 31 represents the most potent, non-phosphorylated STAT3 inhibitor reported to-date, with low nM K D values against STAT3 protein.
  • Studies reported on FIG. 2B were done at multiple concentrations, i.e. 5.000, 1.667, 0.556, and 0.185 ⁇ M.
  • fluorescence polarization (FP) assay As previously reported by Schust, J., et al. ( Anal. Biochem. 330, 114-118, 2004) and Wu, P. et al. ( Anal. Biochem. 249, 29-36, 1997). Briefly, fluorescein labeled peptide probe (5-FAM-GpYLPQTV-NH 2 (CanPeptide) was incubated with STAT3 protein (SignalChem) and inhibitor for 30 minutes and then analyzed on a Tecan M1000 fluorimeter (Tecan).
  • FP fluorescence polarization
  • BTSC spheres were dissociated to single cells and 1 ⁇ 10 6 cells were treated with drug or vehicle (DMSO) at different concentrations and time points. 15 ⁇ g of protein were loaded on 7.5% or 10% SDS-PAGE gels and trans-blotted to nitrocellulose membranes.
  • BTSCs were treated to varying concentrations of lead inhibitors (0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0 and 5.0 ⁇ M) and lysates subjected to Western Blot analysis. Most encouragingly, dose-dependent decreases in pSTAT3 levels were observed, as well as potent inhibition of downstream targets involved in cell growth and survival, Cyclin D1 and Bcl-xl. Most notably, compound 31, the most potent compound against BTSCs, exhibited concentration-dependant decreases in pSTAT3 levels that correlated well with observed cytotoxicity and downstream target suppression. Specifically, treatment with compound 31 at 500 nM completely silenced pSTAT3 signalling. Compounds 22 and 32, whilst slightly less potent, still exhibited nM inhibition of pSTAT3.
  • kinome screen 101 diverse kinases, DiscoveRxTM KINOMEscan
  • protein and receptor screen 21 biologically important G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs)
  • kinome screening kinases labelled with DNA were treated with compound 31 (500 nM) and incubated with an immobilized ligand designed to capture the target kinase.
  • Ultra-sensitive quantitative PCR qPCR was used to measure levels of immobilized kinases after treatment with compound 31. The immobilized kinase levels were compared to control samples and hits were designated when the quantity of the seized kinase fell below a 35% threshold.
  • the GPCR screening employed the widely applied PathHunter ⁇ -arrestin GPCR assay platform (DiscoveRx) to evaluate the activity of compound 31.
  • the GPCRs are widely regarded as a most important family of membrane receptors, due to their master regulatory role in intracellular signal transduction. As a result, GPCRs are among the most heavily investigated drug targets in the pharmaceutical industry. Encouragingly, compound 32, showed no off-target activity against any of the 21 GPCRs tested (500 nM). Moreover, compound 31 at same concentration (500 nM), showed negligible effects against the representative family of kinases including a large number of both SH2 (JaK1 and JaK2) and SH3 (Fes, Fer, Fyn) domain-containing kinases.
  • compound 31 exhibited unprecedented cytotoxicity across a range of human BTSCs, exhibited no toxicity in human fetal astrocytes at concentrations 15-20-fold higher than IC 50 s, potently suppressed pSTAT3 at nM concentrations correlating well with in vitro nM K D values (SPR), inhibited STAT3's downstream targets and showed no discernible off-target effects at therapeutic doses as assessed by kinome and GPCR screens.
  • SPR in vitro nM K D values
  • STAT3 SH2 domain inhibitors have been synthesized and tested herein.
  • their application in GBM BTSCs recently reported to harbor high levels of hyperactivated STAT3, which critically, has been shown to be the major driver in brain cancer tumorogenesis and BTSC drug resistance, has been validated.
  • the inhibitors presented herein effectively suppress STAT3 phosphorylation and its downstream protein targets (Cyclin D1 and Bcl-xL).
  • the potential of STAT3 inhibitors have now been clearly demonstrated for the first time for the treatment of BTSCs and its clinical efficacy for GBM clinical application.
  • a compound of the invention required for use in treatment will vary not only with the particular compound selected but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition for which treatment is required and the age and condition of the patient and will be ultimately at the discretion of the attendant physician.
  • the amount administered will be empirically determined, typically in the range of about 10 g to 100 mg/kg body weight of the recipient.
  • the desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided dose administered at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more doses per day.
  • compositions include, without limitation, those suitable for oral, (including buccal and sub-lingual), transdermal, or parenteral (including intramuscular, sub-cutaneous and intravenous) administration or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation.
  • the formulations may, where appropriate, be conveniently presented in discrete dosage units and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • the methods for preparing a pharmaceutical composition can include the steps of bringing into association the compound as defined herein and pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation, including applying a coating when desired.
  • compositions suitable for oral administration may conveniently be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution, a suspension or as an emulsion.
  • Tablets and capsules for oral administration may contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, fillers, lubricants, disintegrants, or wetting agents.
  • the tablets may be coated according to methods well known in the art.
  • Oral liquid preparations may be in the form of, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups or elixirs, or may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations may contain conventional additives such as suspending agents, emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles (which may include edible oils), or preservatives.
  • compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilisation from solution, for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile water or saline, before use.
  • compositions suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavoured base. usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • the compounds and combinations as defined herein may take the form of a dry powder composition, for example a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • the powder composition may be presented in unit dosage form in, for example, capsules or cartridges or e.g. gelatin or blister packs from which the powder may be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator.
  • the compounds as defined herein may include a chiral center which gives rise to enantiomers.
  • the compounds may thus exist in the form of two different optical isomers, that is (+) or ( ⁇ ) enantiomers. All such enantiomers and mixtures thereof, including racemic or other ratio mixtures of individual enantiomers, are included within the scope of the invention.
  • the single enantiomer can be obtained by methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as chiral HPLC, enzymatic resolution and chiral auxiliary derivatization.
  • the compounds in accordance with the present disclosure can contain more than one chiral centre.
  • the compounds of the present invention may thus exist in the form of different diastereomers. All such diastereomers and mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the invention.
  • the single diastereomer can be obtained by methods well known in the art, such as HPLC, crystallisation and chromatography.
  • Solvate means that a compound as defined herein incorporates one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvents including water to give rise to hydrates.
  • the solvate may contain one or more molecules of solvent per molecule of compound or may contain one or more molecules of compound per molecule of solvent.
  • Illustrative non-limiting examples of hydrates include monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate and tetrahydrate or semi-hydrate.
  • the solvent may be held in the crystal in various ways and thus, the solvent molecule may occupy lattice positions in the crystal, or they may form bonds with salts of the compounds as described herein.
  • the solvate(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of not being deleterious to the recipient thereof. The solvation may be assessed by methods known in the art such as Loss on Drying techniques (LOD).
  • LOD Loss on Drying techniques
  • the compounds of the present disclosure can be prepared according to the procedures denoted in the following reaction Schemes 1 and 2 and Examples or modifications thereof using readily available starting materials, reagents, and conventional procedures or variations thereof well-known to a practitioner of ordinary skill in the art of synthetic organic chemistry.
  • Ligand purity was confirmed using linear gradients from 50% A and 50% B to 100% B after an initial 2 minute period of 100% A, and a second linear gradient of 100% A to 100% B.
  • the linear gradient consisted of a changing solvent composition of either (1) 5.2% per minute and UV detection at 254 nm or (II) 1.8% per minute and detection at 254 nm, each ending with 5 minutes of 100% B.
  • retention times for each condition arc written followed by their purities in their respective order.
  • Biologically evaluated compounds are >95% chemical purity as measured by HPLC. Traces of the HPLC results are provided in supporting information.
  • Methyl or ethyl esters (1.0 eq) were dissolved in a 3:1 mixture of THF:H 2 O. Then LiOH (1.1 eq) was added and after 30 minutes the reaction was confirmed to be complete by TLC. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, acidified (pH ⁇ 5.5) by KH 2 PO 4 , and continuously extracted into EtOAc. Organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reaction was purified by flash column chromatography using an isocratic solvent system (35:7:1 DCM:MeOH:H 2 O).
  • Test compound was evaluated at a single dose of 5 ⁇ M in duplicate mode. Control compound was tested in a 10-dose IC 50 with 3-fold serial dilution starting at 20 ⁇ M. Reactions were carried out at 10 ⁇ M ATP.
  • Preliminary screen against AKT, c-Src, ERK1, JaK1 and JaK2 was performed at Reaction Biology Corporation (www.reactionbiology.com, Malvern, Pa.) using the “HotSpot” assay platform.
  • Specific kinase/substrate pairs along with their required cofactors were prepared in reaction buffer; 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM EGTA. 0.02% Brij35, 0.02 mg/ml BSA, 0.1 mM Na 3 VO 4 , 2 mM DTT, 1% DMSO.
  • the screen was completed in duplicate at a single concentration of 5 ⁇ M.
  • reaction well with the subject compound was treated with a mixture of ATP (Sigma, St. Louis Mo.) and 33 P ATP (Perkin Elmer, Waltham Mass.) to a final concentration of 10 ⁇ M.
  • Control compound Staurosporine
  • Control compound was tested in a 10-dose IC 50 with 3-fold serial dilution starting at 20 ⁇ M.
  • Reaction wells were kept at room temperature for 120 minutes, followed by spotting each of the reactions onto P81 ion exchange filter paper (Whatman Inc., Piscataway, N.J.). Any unbound phosphate was removed through extensive washing of filters using 0.75% phosphoric acid.
  • Second screen against 101 selected kinases was performed. The test compound was evaluated at a single dose of 500 nM.
  • qPCR quantitative PCR
  • Magnetic beads coated with Streptavidin were treated with biotinylated small molecule ligands for 30 minutes at room temperature to generate the affinity resins for needed kinase assays.
  • the liganded beads were blocked with excess biotin and washed with blocking buffer (SeaBlock (Pierce), 1% BSA, 0.05% Tween 20, 1 mM DTT) in order to remove unbound ligand and to also reduce non-specific phage binding.
  • Binding reactions were assembled by combining kinases, liganded affinity beads, and 31 in 1 ⁇ binding buffer (20% SeaBlock, 0.17 ⁇ PBS, 0.05% Tween 20, 6 mM DTT).
  • Compound 31 was prepared as 40 ⁇ stocks in 100% DMSO and was directly diluted into the assay. All reactions were performed in polypropylene 384-well plates in a final volume of 40 ⁇ L. The assay plates were shacked at room temperature for 1 hour and the affinity beads were washed with wash buffer (1 ⁇ PBS, 0.05% Tween 20). Following the wash, beads were re-suspended in elution buffer (1 ⁇ PBS, 0.05% Tween 20, 0.5 ⁇ M non-biotinylated affinity ligand) and incubated at room temperature with shaking for 30 minutes. Kinase concentration in eluates was measured by qPCR ( FIG. 6 ).
  • BTSC spheres were dissociated to single cells with the enzyme Accumax (Innovative Technologies), seeded at 1500 cells/96-well and treated with drug or vehicle (DMSO) one day after plating. Cytotoxicity studies were repeated independently at Sickkids Hospital using BTSC lines 25M, 67EF, 73EF, 84EF and 127EF. BTSC spheres were dissociated to single cells as above and plated in 96 well plates in triplicate at 3000 cells/96-well. In both sets of experiments drugs were used as serial dilutions within the range of 5 uM to 100 nM in the first set and 25 uM to 10 nM.
  • BTSC spheres were lysed in modified RIPA buffer supplemented with Complete Mini protease (Roche) and Halt phosphatase (Thermo Scientific) inhibitor cocktails.
  • BTSC spheres were dissociated to single cells and 1 ⁇ 10 6 cells were treated with drug or vehicle (DMSO) for 2, 24 or 72 hours. 15 ⁇ g of protein were loaded on 7.5% or 10% SDS-PAGE gels and transblotted to nitrocellulose membranes.
  • Blots were stained with the following antibodies: phospho-STAT3 Y705 (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology), phospho-STAT3 S727 (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology), STAT3 (1:1000, Santa Cruz Biotechnology), Bcl-xL (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology), cyclin D1 (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology) PARP (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology) and Actin (1:2500, Santa Cruz Biotechnology).
  • HRP conjugated secondary antibodies, goat anti-rabbit (Cell Signalling Technology) were used at 1:2000 and donkey anti-mouse, donkey anti-goat, and goat anti-rabbit, (Calbiochem) were used at 1:6000. Bands were visualized with the ECL Plus Western Blotting Detection System and Hyperfilm (Amersham).
  • GBM BTSCs were cultured from a series of tumor specimens obtained following informed consent from adult GBM patients during their operative procedure as previously described (Kelly et al, Stem Cells 2009) and approved by the University of Calgary Ethics Review Board. Briefly, BTSC cultures were initiated in serum-free defined culture medium (SFM) and gave rise to nonadherent spheres after 7 to 21 days in culture. Primary tumor spheres were expanded for several passages and then cryopreserved in 10% DMSO (Sigma Aldrich) in serum-free defined medium until use in experiments. Human fetal neural stem cells were also cultured as previously described and induced to differentiate into astrocytes by addition of 10% fetal bovine serum and removal of EGF, FGF-2 and heparan sulfate.
  • SFM serum-free defined culture medium
  • DMSO Sigma Aldrich
  • STAT3, STAT5 and STAT1 The fluorescence polarization studies were performed on an Infinite M1000 (Tecan, Crailsheim, Germany) machine using black 384-round bottom well plates (Coming).
  • the buffer used contained 50 mM NaCl, 10 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 1 mM EDTA and 2 mM dithiothreitol and a final concentration of 5% DMSO.
  • Test compounds were dissolved in DMSO and diluted using a dilution medium consisting of 50 mM NaCl, 10 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 1 mM EDTA, and 2 mM dithiothreitol.
  • Fluorescently-labelled pYLPQTV peptide (FAM-pYLPQTV) was kept at a final concentration of 10 nM in the buffered solution.
  • Non-labelled pYLPQTV peptide was dissolved in DMSO and diluted using the dilution medium for use as a positive control.
  • a calibration curve was performed using 10 nM Fam-pYLPQTV and dilutions of STAT3 and STAT1 protein (5.0 ⁇ l, to 2.4 nM) at a final DMSO concentration of 10% ( FIG. 7 ).
  • the midpoint of the saturation curve was used to determine the STAT3 concentration required for the competitive fluorescent polarization assay.
  • 7.5 ⁇ L of FAM-pYLPQTV peptides was added to the already plated 15 ⁇ L of a 750 nM STAT3 protein solution in 384-flat well plates.
  • 7.5 ⁇ L of inhibitory molecules (and positive control) solution were individually added to the plate.
  • the final inhibitory concentrations were 100 ⁇ L, 50 ⁇ L, 25 ⁇ L, 12.5 ⁇ L, 6.3 ⁇ L, or 3.1 ⁇ L.
  • the 10% DMSO buffer solution was incubated for 15-30 minutes before signal measurements by the Infinite M1000. Results for compounds 22, 31, 32, and 33 are illustrated in FIG. 8 .
  • the IC 50 for compounds 22, 31, 32, 23, et 33 (also referred to in the table as SH-04-08, SH-04-54, SH-05-07, SH-05-19, AND SH-05-23, respectively) was determined against other STAT3 dependent cancers such as Breast cancer cells (MDA-MB-468), Prostate (PPC1 or DU145) and leukemia cancer cells (AML-2) in parallel with BTSC 30M. The results are reported in Table 6 below.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the potent biological effects in a patient-derived pancreatic cancer cell line of the STAT3 inhibitors tested.
  • ED 50 (IC 50 ) values calculated for compounds 31, 41, 42, and 38 are respectively of 6.2, 16.4, 16.7, and 4.8 ⁇ M.
  • Low passage patient-derived pancreatic cancer lines (Pa03C and Panc 10.05) were plated in 6-well plates (2 ⁇ 10 and 8 ⁇ 10 4 , respectively) and allowed to attach overnight.
  • STAT3 inhibitors were added for 1 hr prior to IL-6 stimulation (50 ng/mL, 15 min). STAT3 inhibitors were present during L-6 stimulation
  • Cells were harvested and lysed for Western blotting phospho-Specific STAT3 antibody (Y705) was used to look at STAT3 phosphorylation and total STAT3 antibody was used to normalize activation of STAT3.
  • Antibodies were from Cell Signaling and used at a 1:1000 dilution.
  • compound 31 potently inhibits de novo phosphorylation of STAT3 protein in pancreatic cancer cells.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates the effects of STAT3 inhibitor 31 on low passage patient-derived pancreatic cancer line (Pa03C) plated in a 96-well plate coated with 1% Noble Agar in media containing 3% Matrigel, with and without cancer-associated fibroblasts.
  • the ratio of the tumor to CAFs is 1:4.
  • Tumor spheres begin to form around Day 3, and STAT3 inhibitor 31 added at Day 4 and 8. Cytotoxicity is assessed by fluorescence using Alamar Blue assay on Day 11.
  • HMCL cells were seeded in 96-well plates in triplicate at a density of 20,000 cells/well and incubated with increasing concentrations of 16i and 21h or DMSO control and cell viability assessed by MTT (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol)-2,5-diphenyl tetrazolium) colorimetric analysis. Results are reported at FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 12 illustrates compound 31 potently reducing cell viability in 12 of 15 different multiple myeloma tumor cell lines as assessed by MTT assay with calculated ED 50 's ranging from between 2-6 ⁇ M.
  • BTSC spheres were dissociated with Accumax (eBioscience) and plated at 10 6 cells/1.5 mL of media. Cells were treated with vehicle (DMSO) or drug and pelleted at select time points.
  • DMSO vehicle
  • BTICs were lysed in modified RIPA buffer (50 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% Na Deoxycholate, 1% NP-40) supplemented with Complete Mini protease (Roche) and Halt phosphatase (Thermo Scientific) inhibitor cocktails.
  • Protein concentrations were quantified using the BioRad protein assay; 11-15 ⁇ g of protein were loaded on 7.5% or 12% sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS PAGE) gels and transblotted to nitrocellulose membranes. Blots were stained with primary antibodies followed by horseradish peroxidase (HRP)-conjugated secondary antibodies.
  • HRP horseradish peroxidase
  • BTIC spheres from BT73 were enzymatically dissociated (Accumax, eBioscicnce) to single cell suspensions. Cells were washed in PBS and re-suspended at 10 5 cells per 3 ⁇ L, media for orthotopic xenografts.
  • NOD SCID non-obese diabetic severe combined immunodeficiency mice were each xenografted with 10s BT73 cells stereotactically implanted into the right striatum. Seven days following implants, mice were randomized into vehicle and drug cohorts and injected i.p., four days on, three days off, for a total of 10 doses.
  • Drug-treated mice received a 10 mg/kg dose of compound 31 re-suspended in 100 ⁇ L 50% polyethylene glycol 300 (PEG 300, Sigma-Aldrich) in water. Vehicle-treated mice received an equal volume of 50% PEG 300 in water. Mice were euthanized with a lethal dose of sodium pentobarbitol, followed by transcardiac perfusion of 4% paraformaldehyde (PFA) two hours following injection of the last drug dose. Brains were removed, fixed in 4% PFA and cryosectioned at 12 ⁇ m for assessment by histology and immunohistochemistry. Hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining was performed according to standard protocols.
  • PEG 300 polyethylene glycol 300
  • PFA paraformaldehyde
  • Immunohistochemistry was performed by incubating with primary antibodies overnight at 4° C. followed by the Vectastain Elite mouse IgG or rabbit IgG kits (Vector Laboratories) and detection with DAB substrate and hematoxylin counterstaining (Sigma-Aldrich) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Primary antibodies included -STAT3 S727 (Cell Signaling Technology) and Ki67 (Novocastra).
  • FIG. 13 illustrating sections of NOT)-SCID mouse brains showing tumours from BT73 cells in control mice and in mice treated with inhibitor 31. Treatment with compound 31 resulted in significant decrease in tumour cells.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates the effect of compound 31 for decreasing pSTAT expression in mice orthotopically xenografted with BT73 brain cancer cells.
  • compound 31 displays on target effectiveness at reducing activated phospho-STAT as demonstrated by reduced immunohistochemical staining in treated tumours.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates the effect of compound 31 for reducing proliferation in BT73 brain tumours.
  • Decreased expression of proliferation marker Ki67 is observed in mice treated with inhibitor 31 (A) vehicle treated and (B) inhibitor 31 treated brains. Bottom panels are higher magnification of tumour regions in top panels.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an increased apoptosis (TUNEL staining) in mice treated with compound 31. Increased TUNEL staining demonstrating apoptic cell death is observed in the tumours of mice treated with compound 31.
  • Panel (A) is vehicle treated and panel (B) is compound 31 treated brains. Bottom panels are higher magnification of tumour regions in top panels.
  • compound 31 is effective at reducing activated phospho-STAT3 in tumours generated by orthotopically xenografted human brain tumour stem cells in the brains of NOD-SCID mice, accompanied by a decrease in proliferation and increased cell death.
  • the other compounds of the present invention are anticipated to have the same properties. In fact, other tests as reported hereinbefore have shown that compound 31 behave like other compounds tested. Here, in this experiment on brain cancer, compound 31 was used to demonstrate the general behavior of the compounds of the present invention.
  • compound 31 was found to be present in the brain with different dosing (10 mg/kg and 25 mg/kg) as assessed by LCMS. Compound 31 accumulates up to 0.7 ⁇ M concentrations in the brain in mice models.
  • compound 31 accumulates up to 300 nM concentrations in the brain in mice models at 10 mg/kg dosing.
  • compound 32 accumulates up to ⁇ 1.2 ⁇ M concentrations in the brain in mice models at 10 mg/kg dosing.
  • Plasma concentration of compound 31 increased dose dependently from 0.24 ⁇ M to 0.58 ⁇ M for 10 and 25 mg/kg, respectively. However, no compound was detected after 5 hr at both doses indicating a fast clearance. Plasma concentration did not change significantly between 30 min. and 300 min for both compounds 31 and 32. For compound 31, about 0.3 ⁇ M compound was seen in the brain of 10 mg/kg dosed mouse. The brain concentration of compound 32 was at ⁇ 1.2 ⁇ M for 10 mg/kg dosed mouse. The above is a clear indication that the compounds of the present invention can cross the blood brai barrier.
  • NIC ErbB2 mammary breast tumour cell lines
  • NIC Mouse Mammary Tumour Virus ErbB2 mammary tumour cell lines
  • the media was aspirated and replaced with either normal media, media+DMSO (1:1000) or media containing the appropriate concentration of drug (BP1-102 5 ⁇ M, 10 ⁇ M or 20 ⁇ M or compound 31, also referred to herein as SH-04-5 ⁇ M, 5 ⁇ M, 10 ⁇ M or 20 ⁇ M).
  • the Cell lysis buffer was diluted 1:20 with water and then the CyQuant GR solution 1:400 in the lysis buffer. 200 ⁇ L of the Cyquant solution was added to each well and the plate protected from light. The plates were then incubated for 2-5 minutes protected from light, then read on a fluorescence microplate reader with filters for 480 nm excitation and 520 nm emission maxima. Quadruplicates were averaged and the error bars represent the S.E.M. In some cases the absorbance was normalized to the DMSO control.
  • FIG. 20 cells were plated at 4,000 cells per well in a 96 well plate, incubated for 24 hours then treated with 31 at 5 ⁇ M, 10 ⁇ M and 20 ⁇ M for 24, 48 and 72 hours. Plates were stored at ⁇ 80° C. Plates were thawed and treated with Invitrogen's Cyquant Cell Proliferation Assay which measures DNA content. Fluorescence was measured using a fluorescence microplate reader with filters at 480 nm and 520 nm. Each data point was done in quadruplicate and error bars represent S.E.M.
  • cells were plated at 4,000 cells per well in a 96 well plate, incubated for 24 hours then treated with BP1-102 or compound 31 at 5 ⁇ M for 24, 48 and 72 hours. Plates were stored at ⁇ 80° C. Plates were thawed and treated with Invitrogen's Cyquant Cell Proliferation Assay which measures DNA content. Fluorescence was measured using a fluorescence microplate reader with filters at 480 nm and 520 nm. Each data point was done in quadruplicate and error bars represent S.E.M.
  • compound 31 is potent at 5 ⁇ M in MMTV ErbB2 mammary tumour cell lines (NIC), completely inhibiting cell proliferation in 2071 NIC cells. In comparison with BPI-102, compound 31 was shown to be more potent over three different breast cancer NIC cell lines, 2071, 8518 and 9822.
  • NIC ErbB2 mammary tumour cell lines

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Quinoline Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to novel compounds, compositions containing same and methods for inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity or for the treatment of a STAT3 or STAT5-dependent cancer using said compounds; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00001

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
  • This application claims priority of U.S. provisional application Ser. 61/651,757, filed May 25, 2012, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
    • FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE
  • The present invention relates to novel salicylic acid derivative compound, compositions containing same and methods inhibiting STAT3 activity or for treating cancer where STAT3/5 are involved, such as in brain, breast, colon, hematologic, lung, ovarian and prostate cancers using said compounds.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE
  • STAT3 is persistently activated in over a dozen types of human cancers, including all the major carcinomas, including breast, brain, colon, pancreas, ovarian, and squamous cell carcinomas of head and neck (SCCHN) cancers, and melanomas as well as some hematologic tumors (Bowman T, et al (2000) Oncogene 19, 2474-88, and Darnell, J. E. (2005) Nat. Med. 11, 595-596). As such, there is increasing interest in developing anticancer therapies through the inhibition of persistently active STAT3, especially as a strategy to deal with cancers where physicians are looking to improve the outcome and/or where even establishing a satisfactory standard of care has been challenging in terms of patient care, quality of life and outcome.
  • Glioblastoma (GBM) is considered the most aggressive and lethal of brain cancers, with a median survival after treatment of approximately 15 months. Shockingly, these modest results can only be achieved in the relatively young (i.e., <age 70) and otherwise healthy patients. Older patients with GBM, of which there are many, and those with poor performance status at diagnosis have much shorter survivals following identical therapy. In addition, GBM is occurring with increasing frequency in an aging population. Moreover, unlike the more common cancers, such as those of the lung, breast and colon, GBM is neither preventable, nor detectable at a stage when early treatment might be expected to be substantially more effective. Furthermore, despite decades of intensive research, major improvements in overall survival have remained elusive. As such, the development of therapeutic approaches to meet this unmet need is critical.
  • Brain tumours have been demonstrated to contain rare subpopulations of brain tumour stem cells (BTSCs), which possess the cardinal stem cell properties of clonogenic self-renewal, multipotency and tumourigenicity. The extensive self-renewal and proliferative capacity of BTSCs coupled with their insensitivity to conventional radio- and chemotherapies suggest that they are integral to the growth and post-treatment recurrence of GBM. As such, BTSCs represent a “reservoir of disease” that require novel therapeutic approaches to effectively eliminate in order to improve the outcome of GBM.
  • STAT proteins were originally discovered as latent cytoplasmic transcription factors that mediate cytokine and growth factor responses (Darnell, J. E., Jr. (1996) Recent Prog. Norm. Res. 51, 391-403; Darnell, J. E. (2005) Nat. Med. 11, 595-596). Seven members of the family, STAT1, STAT2, STAT3, STAT4, STAT5a and STAT5b, and STAT6, mediate several physiological effects including growth and differentiation, survival, development and inflammation. STATs are SH2 domain-containing proteins. Upon ligand binding to cytokine or growth factor receptors, STATs become phosphorylated on critical Tyr residue (Tyr705 for STAT3) by growth factor receptors, cytoplasmic Janus kinases (Jaks) or Src family kinases. Two phosphorylated and activated STAT monomers dimerize through reciprocal pTyr-SH2 domain interactions, translocate to the nucleus, and bind to specific DNA-response elements of target genes, thereby inducing gene transcription (Darnell, J. E., Jr. (1996) Recent Prog. Norm. Res. 51, 391-403; Darnell, J. E. (2005) Nat. Med. 11, 595-596). In contrast to normal STAT signaling, many human solid and hematological tumors harbor aberrant STAT3 activity (Turkson, J. Expert Opin. Ther. Targets 2004, 8, 409-422; Darnell, J. E., Jr. (1996) Recent Prog. Norm. Res. 51, 391-403; Darnell, J. E. (2005) Nat. Med. 11(6), 595-596; Bowman, T. et al. (2000) Oncogene 19(21), 2474-2488; Buettner, et al. (2002) Clin. Cancer Res. 8(4), 945-954; Yu, H. and Jove. R. (2004) Nat. Rev. Cancer 4(2), 97-105; Haura, E. B., et al. (2005) Nat. Clin. Pract. Oncol. 2(6), 315-324).
  • Of note, STAT3 protein is one of seven family members of the STAT family of transcription factor proteins. STAT3 is activated through phosphorylation of a tyrosine 705 (Y705) that initiates complexation of two phosphorylated STAT3 monomers (pSTAT3). pSTAT3 homodimers are mediated through reciprocal STAT3 Src Homology 2 (SH2) domain-pY705 STAT3 interactions. pSTAT3:pSTAT3 homodimers translocate to the nucleus and bind DNA, promoting STAT3 target gene transcription. Targeting STAT3 has been previously achieved with dominant negative constructs, oligonucleotides or, most commonly, phosphopeptidic agents that mimic the native pY705 containing binding sequence.
  • Unfortunately, these inhibitors are rapidly degraded in vivo, which limits their use in the clinic. To circumvent these problems, small molecule STAT3 inhibitors were designed for treatment of cancers harboring hyperactivated STAT3 protein. Acid-based inhibitors have been identified in WO2012/018868 that potently and selectively block STAT3 dimerization and DNA-binding activity, namely, compound 450, also referred to as BP-1-102 (sometimes referred to as compound 1 herein). Compound 450 in WO2012018868 potently suppresses multiple oncogenic properties in diverse cultured cancer cells (breast, lung, pancreatic, prostate, lung), including: cell proliferation, anchorage-independent cell growth, migration, invasion and motility. It is selective for STAT3, with over 10-fold less binding to 93% homologous STAT protein, STAT1. It showed little or no effect on phosphorylation of She, Src, Jak-1/2, Erk1/2 or Akt and had no effect on non-transformed cells (NIH 3T3 cells, STAT3 null mouse embryo fibroblasts, or mouse thymus stromal cells, nor does it affect transformed cells that do not harbor activated STAT3). Moreover, BP-1-102 exhibited striking anti-tumor effects in vivo in murine xenograft models of lung or breast cancer resulting in dramatic regression in tumor volumes. Western blots of residual tumors from treated mice showed repression in pSTAT3, cMyc, Cyclin D1, Bcl-xL, Survivin, and VEGF in a dose-dependent manner.
  • Moreover, genetic and other molecular evidence reveals persistent Tyr phosphorylation of STAT3 is mediated by aberrant upstream Tyr kinases and shows cancer cell requirement for constitutively-active and dimerized STAT3 for tumor maintenance and progression. Thus, in numerous proof-of-concept studies (Turkson, J., et al. Mol. Cancer Ther. 2004, 3(3), 261-269; Turkson, J., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 2001, 276(48), 45443-45455; Siddiquee, K.; et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 2007, 104, 7391-7396; Turkson, J.; et al. Mol. Cancer Ther. 2004, 3, 1533-1542; and Turkson, J.; et al. J. Biol. Chem. 2005, 280(38), 32979-32988), inhibition of STAT3 activation or disruption of dimerization induces cancer cell death and tumor regression. Small-molecule STAT3 inhibitors thus provide tools for probing the molecular dynamics of the cellular processing of STAT3 to understand STAT3's role as a signaling intermediate and a molecular mediator of the events leading to carcinogenesis and malignant progression. Moreover, since the STAT3 pathway is a key oncogenic driver in over a dozen types of human cancers, including all the major carcinomas, including breast, brain, colon, pancreas, ovarian, and squamous cell carcinomas of head and neck (SCCHN) cancers, and melanomas as well as some hematologic tumors (Bowman T, et al (2000) Oncogene 19, 2474-88, and Darnell, J. E. (2005) Nat. Med. 11, 595-596) the direct inhibition of STAT3 would provide a molecularly targeted route for effectively managing these cancers and especially aggressive forms such as GBM.
  • In a seminal paper, Carro et al. (Nature, 463(7279): 318-325, 2010) demonstrated that the Signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 (STAT3) gene abnormally active in GBM, is a critically important mediator of tumour growth and therapeutic resistance in GBM. Poorly treated brain cancers such as gliomas, astrocytomas and glioblastomas harbor constitutively activated STAT3. In addition, a growing body of recent evidence gathered using a variety of different small molecules that indirectly inhibit STAT3 by targeting upstream molecules such as the JAK family members, strongly suggest that STAT3 signaling is crucial for the survival and proliferation of BTSCs and GBM both in vitro and in vivo. However, due to their broad targeting nature existing drugs for treating GBM have limited translational potential due to numerous side effects. Hence, drugs with the ability to more specifically block STAT3 activity may provide effective treatment for GBM patients.
  • STAT5 signaling, like STAT3 signaling, is transiently activated in normal cells and is deactivated by a number of different cytosolic and nuclear regulators, including phosphatases, SOCS, PIAS, and proteasomal degradation. Like STAT3, STAT5 has gained notoriety for its aberrant role in human cancers and tumorigenesis, having been found to be constitutively activated in many cancers, including those of the breast, liver, prostate, blood, skin, head and neck. (Muller, J., et al. Chem Bio Chem 2008, 9, 723-727). In cancer cells, STAT5 is routinely constitutively phosphorylated which leads to the aberrant expression of STAT5 target genes resulting in malignant transformation. Cancer cells harbouring persistently activated STAT5 over express anti-apoptotic proteins, such as Bcl-xL, Myc and MCL-1, conferring significant resistance to natural apoptotic cues and administered chemotherapeutic agents. Of particular interest, STAT5 has been identified as a key regulator in the development and progression of acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL; Gouilleux-Gruart, V., et al. Leukemia and Lymphoma 1997, 28, 83-88; Gouilleux-Gruart, V., et al. Blood 1996, 87, 1692-1697; Weber-Nordt, R. M., et al. Blood 1996, 88, 809-816). Moreover, inhibitors of upstream STAT5 activators (such as JA and FLT3) have been shown to exhibit promising anti-cancer properties (Pardanani, A., et al. Leukemia 2011, 25, 218-225; Quintas-Cardama, A., et al. Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 2011, 10, 127-140).
  • It should be noted that, medical benefits through the inhibition of STAT3/5 are not limited to the various forms of cancer described herein where these targets are constitutively activated, but would also be applicable to treating other conditions where these pathways are know to play a key role, such as, but not limited to autoimmune disorders (Harris, T. J.; et al Immunol. (2007) 179(7): 4313-4317), inflammation associated with arthritis (Miyamoto. T, et al, Arthritis Research & Therapy (2012), 14(Suppl 1):P43), inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) (World J Gastroenterol. (2008) 14(33): 5110-5114.), diabetes (Mashili, F.; et al (2013) Diabetes 62(2), 457-465), irritable bowel syndrome (IBS); kidney disease (Weimbs, T., (2013) JAK-STAT, 2(2), 0-1) and organ transplant (Debonera, F.; et al (2001) J. Surg. Res. 96(2), 289-295).
  • Despite advances in drug discovery directed to identifying inhibitors of STAT protein activity, there is still a scarcity of compounds that are both potent, efficacious, and selective activators of STAT3 and STAT5 and also effective in the treatment of cancer and other diseases associated with dysfunction in STAT3, STAT5 or both proteins, and diseases in which one or both of STAT3 and STAT5 is involved. Moreover, there is still a need for optimization of potency and reduced pharmacokinetic liabilities of existing compounds. These needs and other needs are satisfied by the present invention.
    • SUMMARY
  • In accordance with the purpose(s) of the invention, as embodied and broadly described herein, the invention, in one aspect, relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of STAT3.
  • In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds and products of disclosed methods of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof, are modulators of STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity, methods of making same, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, and methods of treating disorders associated with a STAT3 activity dysfunction using same.
  • In a still further aspect, the present invention relates to compounds that bind to STAT3 protein and negatively modulate STAT3 activity.
  • In a further aspect, the present invention relates to compounds that bind to STAT5 protein and negatively modulate STAT5 activity.
  • Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Disclosed are methods for the treatment of a disorder associated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction, preferably hyperactivity or over-expression, in a mammal comprising the step of administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof.
  • Also disclosed are methods for inhibition of STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity in a mammal comprising the step of administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof.
  • Also disclosed are methods for inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity in at least one cell, comprising the step of contacting the at least one cell with an effective amount of least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof.
  • Also disclosed are uses of at least one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof.
  • In one aspect, there is provided a compound of formula I as defined herein.
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00002
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, wherein
    wherein each of m and n are independently an integer from 0-3;
    wherein R1 is selected from A1, A2, -(A1)-(A2), -(A2)-(A3), -(A3)-(A2), -(A3)-(A4), -(A5)-(A1)-(A7), -(A5)-(A2)-(A8), -(A5)-(A3)-(A7), and -(A5)-(A6)-L-(A7); wherein A1 is C3-6 cycloalkyl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R5, (C═O)OR5, and (C═O)NHR5; wherein A2 is C3-6 cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl,
    • C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R6, (C═O)OR6, and (C═O)NHR6; wherein A3 is aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R7, (C═O)OR7, and (C═O)NHR7; wherein A4 is aryl, and substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R8, (C═O)OR8, and (C═O)NHR8; wherein A5 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R9, (C═O)OR9, and (C═O)NHR9; wherein A6 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R10, (C═O)OR10, and (C═O)NHR10; wherein A7 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R11, (C═O)OR11, and (C═O)NHR11; wherein A8 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R12, (C═O)OR12, and (C═O)NHR12; wherein L is selected from —(C═O)— and —SO2—; wherein R2 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-4 haloalkynyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C2-6 polyhaloalkenyl, C2-6 polyhaloalkynyl; or wherein R2 is aryl, and substituted with 0-5 groups independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)OR12, and (C═O)NHR12; wherein R3 is aryl substituted with 0-5 groups independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, and (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy; wherein each of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, and R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 polyhaloalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof,
      wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00003
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00004
  • Wherein R3 is selected from the structure represented by formula:
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00005
  • Wherein R4 is a structure represented by formula:
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00006
  • wherein R13 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —COR16, —CN, —CH2PO(OH)2, —CH2P(O)3(CH2CH3)2, —NO2, —NHR17, and 1H-tetrazole;
    R16 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH, —O—C(1-2)alkyl, —OCH2OC(O)CH3, —OCH2OC(O)t-Butyl, and —NHOH,
    R17 is selected from the group consisting of: —H, —C(O)C(O)CH2CH3, —C(O)C(O)OH, and —C(O)CH2-1H-tetrazole
    R14 is —H or when R13 is —COR16 and R16 is OH, R14 is —F, —OC(O)CH3; and
    R15 is H or when R13 is —COR16, R16 is OH, and R14 is H, R15 is —F, —OC(O)CH3
    R13 is —H when R14 is —OH or both R14 and R15 are —COOH.
  • In a further aspect, the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof.
  • In another aspect of the disclosure, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and an acceptable excipient.
  • In another aspect of the disclosure, there is provided a method for inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, to a patient.
  • In yet another aspect of the disclosure, there is provided a method for treating or preventing cancer associated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction (preferably hyperactivity thereof or over-expression of same) comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, to a patient. In alternative aspect, the cancer is from solid or hematological tumors. Still in other aspect, the cancer is one harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5. Such cancer can be for example breast, liver, prostate, blood, skin, head, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • In another aspect of the disclosure, there is provided the use of a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity.
  • In another aspect of the disclosure, there is provided the use of a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing cancer harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5, such as cancer from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • In yet another aspect of the disclosure, there is provided the use of a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, for inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity.
  • In another aspect of the disclosure, there is provided the use of a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, for treating or preventing cancer harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5, such as the cancer is from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemiasassociated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction, such as breast, prostate or brain cancer.
  • In another aspect of the disclosure, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein for use in inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity.
  • In yet another aspect of the disclosure there is provided a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein for use in treating or preventing cancer harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5, such as the cancer is from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • Also disclosed are methods for manufacturing a medicament, comprising combining at least one disclosed compound or at least one disclosed product with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. In a further aspect, the invention relates to the use of a disclosed compound in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder associated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction (such as hyperactivity or over-expression). In a still further aspect, the invention relates to the use of the disclosed compound in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a cancer harbouring activated STAT3 and/or STAT5, such as the cancer is from solid or hematological tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma or acute myelogenic (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemias.
  • Additional advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or can be learned by practice of the invention. The advantages of the invention will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed.
  • The present invention can be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of the invention and the Examples included therein.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1A is a graph illustrating a comparison of compound 1 against compounds 22, 31, 32, and 33 from library BTSC30M;
  • FIG. 1B is a table illustrating the IC50 values from the compounds tested in FIG. 1A against BTSCs, 25EF, 67EF, 73E, 84EF, and 127EF;
  • FIG. 2A illustrates the insensitivity of a number of compounds against a variety of kinases and structural proteins;
  • FIG. 2B illustrates SPR curves displaying the binding affinity of the best hits to STAT3/5 proteins;
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a treespot dendrogram displaying that compound 27 does not inhibit any of the 101 kinases tested against, a hit being defined as >35% inhibition.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a Western blot analysis of the top three compounds against BTSC 147M and their comparison against a well-established Jak2 inhibitor WP1066 at 1 μM against BTSCM 73M;
  • FIG. 5 illustrates the IC50 determination of control (Staurosporine) against the selected kinases;
  • FIG. 6 is a table illustrating the measurements of kinase concentration in eluates by qPCR;
  • FIG. 7 is a calibration curve performed using 10 nM Fam-pYLPQTV and dilutions of STAT3 and STAT1 protein (5.0 μL to 2.4 nM) at a final DMSO concentration of 10%;
  • FIG. 8 illustrates the screening of compounds 22, 31, 32, and 33 against a number of BTSCs, where each compound was screened twice at various concentrations'
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the survival of pancreatic 10.05 patient cells treated with STAT3 inhibitors;
  • FIG. 10 illustrates the effect of Pa03C low passage patient cells pretreated with STAT3 inhibitor 1 hr and then stimulated with IL6 cytokine for 15 min;
  • FIG. 11 illustrates the effects of STAT3 inhibitor 31 on low passage patient-derived pancreatic cancer line (Pa03C) plated in a 96-well plate coated with 1% Noble Agar in media containing 3% Matrigel, with and without cancer-associated fibroblasts;
  • FIG. 12 illustrates compound 31 potently reducing cell viability in 12 of 15 different multiple myeloma tumor cell lines as assessed by MTT assay with calculated ED50's ranging from between 2-6 μM;
  • FIG. 13 illustrates the hematoxylin/eosin staining—hypercellular tumour dense areas staining (white) with hematoxylin in BT73 cells (A) without and (B) with inhibitor 31;
  • FIG. 14 illustrates the effect of compound 31 for decreasing pSTAT expression in mice orthotopically xenografted with BT73 brain cancer cells;
  • FIG. 15 illustrates the effect of compound 31 for reducing proliferation in BT73 brain tumours;
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an increased apoptosis (TUNEL staining) in mice treated with compound 31′
  • FIG. 17 illustrates that concentration of compound 31 was found to be present in the brain with different dosing (10 mg/kg and 25 mg/kg) as assessed by LCMS;
  • FIG. 18 illustrates the concentration of compound 31 found in the brain as assessed by LCMS;
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the concentration of compound 32 found in the brain as assessed by LCMS;
  • FIG. 20 illustrates the fluorescence of 2071 NIC Cell Line treated with compound 31 (SH-04-54) or with BP1-102; and
  • FIG. 21 illustrates the fluorescence of various NIC Cell Line treated with compound 31 (SH-04-54) or with BP1-102.
    •  DESCRIPTION OF THE EMBODIMENTS
  • Before the present compounds, compositions, articles, systems, devices, and/or methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that they are not limited to specific synthetic methods unless otherwise specified, or to particular reagents unless otherwise specified, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only and is not intended to be limiting. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, example methods and materials are now described.
  • All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are cited. The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention.
  • Further, the dates of publication provided herein can be different from the actual publication dates, which can require independent confirmation.
  • As used herein, nomenclature for compounds, including organic compounds, can be given using common names, IUPAC, IUBMB, or CAS recommendations for nomenclature. When one or more stereochemical features are present, Cahn-Ingold-Prelog rules for stereochemistry can be employed to designate stereochemical priority, EIZ specification, and the like. One of skill in the art can readily ascertain the structure of a compound if given a name, either by systemic reduction of the compound structure using naming conventions, or by commercially available software, such as CHEMDRAW™ (Cambridgesoft Corporation, U.S.A.).
  • As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a functional group,” “an alkyl,” or “a residue” includes mixtures of two or more such functional groups, alkyls, or residues, and the like.
  • Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, a further aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms a further aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.
  • References in the specification and concluding claims to parts by weight of a particular element or component in a composition denotes the weight relationship between the element or component and any other elements or components in the composition or article for which a part by weight is expressed. Thus, in a compound containing 2 parts by weight of component X and 5 parts by weight component Y, X and Y are present at a weight ratio of 2:5, and are present in such ratio regardless of whether additional components are contained in the compound.
  • A weight percent (wt. %) of a component, unless specifically stated to the contrary, is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
  • As used herein, the terms “optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
  • As used herein, the terms “STAT3,” “signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 (acute-phase response),” and “signal transducer and activator of transcription 3” can be used interchangeably and refer to a a transcription factor encoded by a gene designated in human as the STAT3 gene, which has a human gene map locus of 17q21 and described by Entrez Gene cytogenetic band: 17q21.31; Ensembl cytogenetic band: 17q21.2; and, HGNC cytogenetic band: 17q21. The term STAT3 refers to a human protein that has 770 amino acids and has a molecular weight of about 88,068 Da. The term is inclusive of splice isoforms or variants, and also inclusive of that protein referred to by such alternative designations as: APRF, MGC 16063, Acute-phase response factor, DNA-binding protein APRF, HIES as used by those skilled in the art to that protein encoded by human gene STAT3. The term is also inclusive of the non-human ortholog or homolog thereof.
  • As used herein, “STAT5,” refers to STAT5A and/or STAT5B. If specific reference to either STAT5A or STAT5B is required, the specific term will be used herein.
  • As used herein, “STAT5A” and “signal transducer and activator of transcription 5A” can be used interchangeably and refer to a a transcription factor encoded by a gene designated in human as the STAT5A gene, which has a human gene map locus described by Entrez Gene cytogenetic band: 17ql 1.2; Ensembl cytogenetic band: 17q21.2; and, HGNC cytogenetic band: 17q 1 1.2. The term STAT5A refers to a human protein that has 794 amino acids and has a molecular weight of about 90,647 Da. The term is inclusive of splice isoforms or variants, and also inclusive of that protein referred to by such alternative designations as MGF and STAT5 as used by those skilled in the art to that protein encoded by human gene STAT5A. The term is also inclusive of the non-human ortholog or homolog thereof.
  • As used herein, “STAT5B” and “signal transducer and activator of transcription SB” can be used interchangeably and refer to a a transcription factor encoded by a gene designated in human as the STAT5B gene, which has a human gene map locus described by Entrez Gene cytogenetic band: 17ql 1.2; Ensembl cytogenetic band: 17q21.2; and, HGNC cytogenetic band: 17ql 1.2. The term STAT5A refers to a human protein that has 787 amino acids and has a molecular weight of about 89,866 Da. The term is inclusive of splice isoforms or variants, and also inclusive of that protein referred to by such alternative designations as transcription factor STAT5B as used by those skilled in the art to that protein encoded by human gene STAT5A. The term is also inclusive of the non-human ortholog or homolog thereof.
  • As used herein, the term “subject” can be a vertebrate, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian. Thus, the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The term does not denote a particular age or sex. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal. A patient refers herein to a subject afflicted with cancer, preferably glioblastoma. The term “patient” includes human and veterinary subjects.
  • As used herein, the term “treatment” refers to the medical management of a patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
  • This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In addition, this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In various aspects, the term covers any treatment of a subject, including a mammal (e.g., a human), and includes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject that can be predisposed to the disease but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting its development; or (iii) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal such as a primate, and, in a further aspect, the subject is a human. The term “subject” also includes domesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), and laboratory animals (e.g., mouse, rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc.).
  • As used herein, the term “prevent” or “preventing” refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action. It is understood that where reduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specifically indicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expressly disclosed.
  • As used herein, the term “diagnosed” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by the compounds, compositions, or methods disclosed herein. For example, “diagnosed with a disorder treatable by STAT3 inhibition” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by a compound or composition that can inhibit or negatively modulate STAT3. As a further example, “diagnosed with a need for inhibition of STAT3” refers to having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition characterized by a dysfunction in STAT3 activity. Such a diagnosis can be in reference to a disorder, such as an oncological disorder or disease, cancer and/or disorder of uncontrolled cellular proliferation and the like, as discussed herein. For example, the term “diagnosed with a need for inhibition of STAT3 activity” refers to having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by inhibition of STAT3 activity. For example, “diagnosed with a need for modulation of STAT3 activity” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by modulation of STAT3 activity, e.g. negative modulation. For example, “diagnosed with a need for treatment of one or more disorder of uncontrolled cellular proliferation associated with STAT3 dysfunction” means having been subjected to a physical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, and found to have one or disorders of uncontrolled cellular proliferation, e.g. a cancer, associated with STAT3 dysfunction.
  • As used herein, the expression “STAT3 or STAT5-dependent cancer” refers to a cancer harboring constitutively activated STAT3 or STAT5.
  • As used herein, the phrase “identified to be in need of treatment for a disorder,” or the like, refers to selection of a subject based upon need for treatment of the disorder. For example, a subject can be identified as having a need for treatment of a disorder (e.g., a disorder related to STAT3 activity) based upon an earlier diagnosis by a person of skill and thereafter subjected to treatment for the disorder. It is contemplated that the identification can, in one aspect, be performed by a person different from the person making the diagnosis. It is also contemplated, in a further aspect, that the administration can be performed by one who subsequently performed the administration.
  • As used herein, the terms “administering” and “administration” refer to any method of providing a pharmaceutical preparation to a subject. Such methods are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, oral administration, transdermal administration, administration by inhalation, nasal administration, topical administration, intravaginal administration, ophthalmic administration, intraaural administration, intracerebral administration, rectal administration, sublingual administration, buccal administration, and parenteral administration, including injectable such as intravenous administration, intra-arterial administration, intramuscular administration, and subcutaneous administration. Administration can be continuous or intermittent. In various aspects, a preparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existing disease or condition. In further various aspects, a preparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a disease or condition.
  • The term “contacting” as used herein refers to bringing a disclosed compound and a cell, target STAT3 protein, or other biological entity together in such a manner that the compound can affect the activity of the target (e.g., spliceosome, cell, etc.), either directly; i.e., by interacting with the target itself, or indirectly; i.e., by interacting with another molecule, co-factor, factor, or protein on which the activity of the target is dependent.
  • As used herein, the terms “effective amount” and “amount effective” refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result or to have an effect on an undesired condition. For example, a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have an effect on undesired symptoms, but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side effects. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration. Consequently, single dose compositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. The dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products. In further various aspects, a preparation can be administered in a “prophylactically effective amount”; that is, an amount effective for prevention of a disease or condition.
  • As used herein, “EC50,” is intended to refer to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% agonism or activation of a biological process, or component of a process, including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein, etc. In one aspect, an EC50 can refer to the concentration of a substance that is required for 50% agonism or activation in vivo, as further defined elsewhere herein. In a further aspect, EC50 refers to the concentration of agonist or activator that provokes a response halfway between the baseline and maximum response.
  • As used herein, “IC50,” is intended to refer to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% inhibition of a biological process, or component of a process, including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein, etc. In some contexts, an IC50 can refer to the plasma concentration of a substance that is required for 50% inhibition in vivo, as further defined elsewhere herein. More commonly, IC50 refers to the half maximal (50%) inhibitory concentration (IC) of a substance required to inhibit a process or activity in vitro.
  • As used herein, “STAT3 IC50” refers to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% inhibition of a STAT3 activity. In some contexts, an IC50 can refer to the plasma concentration of a substance that is required for 50% inhibition of an in vivo activity or process as further defined elsewhere herein, e.g. tumor growth in an animal or human. In other contexts, STAT3 IC50 refers the half maximal (50%) inhibitory concentration (IC) of a substance or compound required to inhibit a process or activity an in vitro context, e.g. a cell-free or cell-based assay. For example, the STAT3 IC50 can be in the context of the half-maximal concentration required to inhibit cell growth. As discussed below, the response is measured in a cell-line with aberrant STAT3 activity. Alternatively, the response is measured in a cell-line with persistently active STAT3. The response can be determined using a cell-line derived from a human breast cancer, human pancreatic cancer, and human prostate cancer. For example, the response can be measured in a cell-line selected from MDA-MB-231, Panc-1, and DU-145. Cell-lines transfected with specific genes can also be used. For example, the response can be measured in a cell-line transfected with v-Src.
  • Alternatively, the cell-line transfected with v-Src is a permanent cell-line. In some cases, the STAT3 IC50 is the half-maximal concentration required to inhibit STAT3 activity in a cell-free assay, e.g. an electrophoretic mobility shift assay (“EMSA”). Alternatively, the STAT3 IC50 is the half-maximal concentration required to inhibit cell-growth, cell viability or cell migration activity.
  • As used herein, the term “STAT3 KD” refers to the binding affinity of a compound or substance for the STAT3 determined in an in vitro assay. The KD of a substance for a protein can be determined by a variety of methods known to one skilled in the art, e.g. equilibrium dialysis, analytical ultracentrifugation and surface plasmon resonance (“SPR”) analysis. As typically used herein, STAT3 KD is defined as the ratio of association and dissociation rate constants determined using SPR analysis using purified STAT3 protein.
  • As used herein, the term “STAT3 Ki” refers to the inhibition constant for the displacement of a STAT3 SH2 probe from STAT3 protein. For example, the STAT3 SH2 can be fluorescence-labelled GpYLPQTV. As described herein, the fluorescence label is 5-carboxyfluorescein, although other suitable fluorescence probes can be used as determined to be useful and convenient by one skilled in the art.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” describes a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., without causing an unacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner.
  • As used herein, the term “derivative” refers to a compound having a structure derived from the structure of a parent compound (e.g., a compound disclosed herein) and whose structure is sufficiently similar to those disclosed herein and based upon that similarity, would be expected by one skilled in the art to exhibit the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds, or to induce, as a precursor, the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimed compounds. Exemplary derivatives include salts, esters, amides, salts of esters or amides, and N-oxides of a parent compound.
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions and by the use of surfactants. These compositions can also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents such as paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid and the like. It can also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the inclusion of agents, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide, poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues. The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable media just prior to use. Suitable inert carriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% by weight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effective particle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.
  • A residue of a chemical species, as used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to the moiety that is the resulting product of the chemical species in a particular reaction scheme or subsequent formulation or chemical product, regardless of whether the moiety is actually obtained from the chemical species.
  • As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Also, the terms “substitution” or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. It is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).
  • In defining various terms, “A1”, “A2”, “A3”, and “A4” are used herein as generic symbols to represent various specific substituents. These symbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein, and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance, they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents.
  • The term “alkyl” as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, i-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, i-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like. The alkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic. The alkyl group can be branched or unbranched. The alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein. A “lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six (e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms.
  • Throughout the specification “alkyl” is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group. For example, the term “halogenated alkyl” or “haloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. The term “alkoxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below. The term “alkylamino” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups, as described below, and the like. When “alkyl” is used in one instance and a specific term such as “alkylalcohol” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as “alkylalcohol” and the like. [0086] This practice is also used for other groups described herein. That is, while a term such as “cycloalkyl” refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyl moieties, the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an “alkylcycloalkyl.” Similarly, a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy,” a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g., an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like. Again, the practice of using a general term, such as “cycloalkyl,” and a specific term, such as “alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the general term does not also include the specific term.
  • The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbomyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkyl” is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • The term “polyalkylene group” as used herein is a group having two or more CH2 groups linked to one another. The polyalkylene group can be represented by the formula —(CH2)a—, where “a” is an integer of from 2 to 500.
  • The terms “alkoxy” and “alkoxyl” as used herein to refer to an alkyl or cycloalkyl group bonded through an ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group can be defined as —OA1 where A1 is alkyl or cycloalkyl as defined above. “Alkoxy” also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as just described; that is, an alkoxy can be a polyether such as —OA1-OA2 or —OA1-(OA2)a-OA3, where “a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A1, A2, and A3 are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.
  • The term “alkenyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Asymmetric structures such as (A1A2)C═C(A3A4) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C═C. The alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
  • The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bound, i.e., C═C. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbornenyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • The term “alkynyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. The alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
  • The term “cycloalkynyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound. Examples of cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cycloheptynyl, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkynyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • The term “aryl” as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, phenoxybenzene, and the like. The term “aryl” also includes “heteroaryl,” which is defined as a group that contains an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus. Likewise, the term “non-heteroaryl,” which is also included in the term “aryl,” defines a group that contains an aromatic group that does not contain a heteroatom. The aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The aryl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term “biaryl” is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of “aryl.” Biaryl refers to two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.
  • The term “aldehyde” as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)H. Throughout this specification “C(O)” is a short hand notation for a carbonyl group, i.e., C═O.
  • The terms “amine” or “amino” as used herein are represented by the formula —NA1A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, hydrogen or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkcnyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • The term “alkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula —NH(-alkyl) where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, and the like.
  • The term “dialkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula —N(-alkyl)2 where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group, diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)amino group, dipentylamino group, diisopentylamino group, di(tert-pentyl)amino group, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N-methyl-N-propylamino group, N-ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like.
  • The term “carboxylic acid” as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)OH.
  • The term “ester” as used herein is represented by the formula —OC(O)A1 or —C(O)OA1, where A1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “polyester” as used herein is represented by the formula -(A1O—(O)C-A2-C(O)O)— or -(A1O(O)C-A2-OC(O))a—, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer from 1 to 500. “Polyester” is as the term used to describe a group that is produced by the reaction between a compound having at least two carboxylic acid groups with a compound having at least two hydroxyl groups.
  • The term “ether” as used herein is represented by the formula A1OA2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein. The term “polyether” as used herein is represented by the formula -(A10-A20)a-, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer of from 1 to 500. Examples of polyether groups include polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and polybutylene oxide.
  • The term “halide” as used herein refers to the halogens fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • The term “heterocycle,” as used herein refers to single and multi-cyclic aromatic or non-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ring members is other than carbon.
  • Heterocycle includes azetidine, dioxane, furan, imidazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, morpholine, oxazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, letrazine, including 1,2,4,5-tetrazine, tetrazole, including 1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 1,2,4,5-tetrazole, thiadiazole, including, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, and 1,3,4-thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazine, including 1,3,5-triazine and 1,2,4-triazine, triazole, including, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,3,4-triazole, and the like.
  • The term “hydroxyl” as used herein is represented by the formula —OH.
  • The term “ketone” as used herein is represented by the formula A1C(O)A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • The term “azide” as used herein is represented by the formula —N3.
  • The term “nitro” as used herein is represented by the formula —NO2.
  • The term “nitrile” as used herein is represented by the formula —CN.
  • The term “sulfo-oxo” as used herein is represented by the formulas —S(O)A1, —S(O)2A1, —OS(O)2A1, or —OS(O)2OA1, where A1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • Throughout this specification “S(O)” is a short hand notation for S—O. The term “sulfonyl” is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the —S(O)2A1, where A1 can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “sulfone” as used herein is represented by the formula A'S(O)2A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term “sulfoxide” as used herein is represented by the formula A'S(O)A2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • The term “thiol” as used herein is represented by the formula —SH.
  • “R1”, “R2”, “R3”, “Rn” where n is an integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above. For example, if R1 is a straight chain alkyl group, one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like. Depending upon the groups that are selected, a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e., attached) to the second group. For example, with the phrase “an alkyl group comprising an amino group,” the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group. Alternatively, the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. The nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
  • As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties. In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
  • Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. In is also contemplated that, in certain aspects, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents can be further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted or unsubstituted).
  • The term “stable,” as used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain aspects, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; —(CH2)0-4R0; —(CH2)0-4OR0; —O(CH2)0-4R0, —O—(CH2)0-4C(O)OR0; —(CH2)0-4CH—(OR0)2; —(CH2)0-4Ph, which may be substituted with R0; —(CH2)0-4O(CH2)0-1Ph which may be substituted with R0; —CH═CHPh, which may be substituted with R0; —(CH2)0-4O(CH2)0-1-pyridyl which may be substituted with R0; —NO2—CN; —N3; —(CH2)0-4N(R0)2; —(CH2)0-4N(R0)C(O)R0; —N(R0)C(S)R0; —(CH2)0-4N(R)C(O)NR0 2; —N(R0)C(S)NR0 2; —(CH2)0-4N(R0)C(O)OR—N(R0)N(R0)C(O)R0; —N(R0)N(R)C(O)NR0 2; —N(R0)N(R0)C(O)OR0; —(CH2)0-4C(O)R0; —C(S)R0; —(CH2)0-4C(O)OR0, —(CH2)0-4C(O)SR0; —(CH2)0-4C(O)OsiR0 3; —(CH2)0-4OC(O)R0; —OC(O)(CH2)0-4SR—; SC(S)SR0; —(CH2)0-4SC(O)R0; —(CH2)0-4C(O)NR0 2; —C(S)NR0 2; —C(S)SR0; —SC(S)SR0, —(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR0 2; —C(O)N(OR)R0; —C(O)C(O)R0; —C(O)CH2C(O)R0; —C(NOR0)R0; —(CH2)0-4SSR0; —(CH2)0-4S(O)2R0; —(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR0; —(CH2)0-4OS(O)2R0; —S(O)2NR0 2; —(CH2)0-4S(O)R0; —N(R0)S(O)2NR0 2; —N(R0)S(O)2R0; —N(OR0)R0; —C(NH)NR0 2; —P(O)2R0; —P(O)R0 2: OP(O)R0 2; —OP(O)(OR0)2; SiR0 3; —(C1-4 straight or branched alkylene)O—N(R0)2; or —(C1-4 straight or branched alkylene)C(O)ON(R0)2, wherein each R0 may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic, —CH2Ph, —O(CH2)0-1Ph, —CH2-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R0, taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below.
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on R0 (or the ring formed by taking two independent occurrences of R0 together with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen, —(CH2)0-2R*, -(haloR*), —(CH2)0-2OH, —(CH2)0-2OR*, —(CH2)0-2CH(OR*)2; —O(haloR*), —CN, —N3, —(CH2)0-2C(O)R*, —(CH2)0-2C(O)OH, —(CH2)0-2C(O)OR*, —(CH2)0-2SR*, —(CH2)0-2SH, —(CH2)0-2NH2, —(CH2)0-2NHR*, —(CH2)0-2NR*2, —NO2, —SiR*3, —OSiR*3, —C(O)SR*, —(C1-4 straight or branched alkylene)C(O)OR*, or —SSR* wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from C1-4 aliphatic, —CH2Ph, —O(CH2)0-1Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of R* include ═O and ═S.
  • Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group include the following: ═O, ═S, ═NNR*2, ═NNHC(O)R* ═NNHC(O)OR*, ═NNHS(O)2R*, ═NR*, ═NOR* —O(C(R*2))2-3O— or —S(C(R*2))2-3S— wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen. C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: —O(CR*2)2-3O—, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, —R*, -(haloR*), —OH, —OR*, —O(haloR*), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR*, —NH2, —NHR*, —NR*2, or —NO2, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1-4 aliphatic, —CH2Ph, —O(CH2)0-1Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include —R+, —NR+ 2, —C(O)R+, —C(O)OR+, —C(O)C(O)R+, —C(O)CH2C(O)R+, — S(O)2R+, —S(O)2NR+ 2. —C(S)NR+ 2, —C(NH)NR+ 2, or —N(R+)S(O)2R+; wherein each R+ is independently hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted —OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R+, taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* are independently halogen, —R*, -(haloR*), —OH, —OR*, —O(haloR*), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR*, —NH2, —NHR*, —NR*2, or —NO2, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1-4 aliphatic, —CH2Ph, —O(CH2)0-1Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • The term “leaving group” refers to an atom (or a group of atoms) with electron withdrawing ability that can be displaced as a stable species, taking with it the bonding electrons.
  • Examples of suitable leaving groups include halides—including chloro, bromo, and iodo—and pseudohalides (sulfonate esters)—including triflate, mesylate, tosylate, and brosylate. It is also contemplated that a hydroxyl moiety can be converted into a leaving group via Mitsunobu reaction.
  • The terms “hydrolysable group” and “hydrolysable moiety” refer to a functional group capable of undergoing hydrolysis, e.g., under basic or acidic conditions. Examples of hydrolysable residues include, without limitation, acid halides, activated carboxylic acids, and various protecting groups known in the art (see, for example, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999).
  • The term “organic residue” defines a carbon containing residue, i.e., a residue comprising at least one carbon atom, and includes but is not limited to the carbon-containing groups, residues, or radicals defined hereinabove. Organic residues can contain various heteroatoms, or be bonded to another molecule through a heteroatom, including oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or the like. Examples of organic residues include but are not limited alkyl or substituted alkyls, alkoxy or substituted alkoxy, mono or di-substituted amino, amide groups, etc. Organic residues can preferably comprise 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 15, carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic residue can comprise 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 2 to 15, carbon atoms, 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • A very close synonym of the term “residue” is the term “radical,” which as used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to a fragment, group, or substructure of a molecule described herein, regardless of how the molecule is prepared. In some embodiments the radical (for example an alkyl) can be further modified (i.e., substituted alkyl) by having bonded thereto one or more “substituent radicals.” The number of atoms in a given radical is not critical to the present invention unless it is indicated to the contrary elsewhere herein.
  • “Organic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain one or more carbon atoms. An organic radical can have, for example, 1-26 carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic radical can have 2-26 carbon atoms, 2-18 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, or 2-4 carbon atoms. Organic radicals often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atoms of the organic radical. In some embodiments, an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like. Examples of organic radicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, di-substituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamide, substituted alkylcarboxamide, dialkylcarboxamide, substituted dialkylcarboxamide, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein. A few non-limiting examples of organic radicals that include heteroatoms include alkoxy radicals, trifluoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals, dimethylamino radicals and the like.
  • “Inorganic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain no carbon atoms and therefore comprise only atoms other than carbon. Inorganic radicals comprise bonded combinations of atoms selected from hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, selenium, and halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, which can be present individually or bonded together in their chemically stable combinations. Inorganic radicals have 10 or fewer, or preferably one to six or one to four inorganic atoms as listed above bonded together. Examples of inorganic radicals include, but not limited to, amino, hydroxy, halogens, nitro, thiol, sulfate, phosphate, and like commonly known inorganic radicals. The inorganic radicals do not have bonded therein the metallic elements of the periodic table (such as the alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, lanthanide metals, or actinide metals), although such metal ions can sometimes serve as a pharmaceutically acceptable cation for anionic inorganic radicals such as a sulfate, phosphate, or like anionic inorganic radical. Inorganic radicals do not comprise metalloids elements such as boron, aluminum, gallium, germanium, arsenic, tin, lead, or tellurium, or the noble gas elements, unless otherwise specifically indicated elsewhere herein.
  • Compounds described herein can contain one or more double bonds and, thus, potentially give rise to cis/trans (E/Z) isomers, as well as other conformational isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures of such isomers.
  • Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixture of isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture. Compounds described herein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentially give rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the present invention includes all such possible diastereomers as well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolved enantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolated specific stereoisomers, arc also included. During the course of the synthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in using racemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in the art, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.
  • Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms having the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and l or (+) and (−) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (−) or l meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these compounds, called stereoisomers, are identical except that they are non-superimposable mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture. Many of the compounds described herein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist in different enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can be designated with an asterisk (*). When bonds to the chiral carbon are depicted as straight lines in the disclosed formulas, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and hence both enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula. As is used in the art, when it is desired to specify the absolute configuration about a chiral carbon, one of the bonds to the chiral carbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) and the other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel lines is (bonds to atoms below the plane). The Cahn-Inglod-Prelog system can be used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.
  • Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopic abundance and in non-natural abundance. The disclosed compounds can be isotopically-labelled or isotopically-substituted compounds identical to those described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 16O, 17O, 35S, 18F and 36Cl, respectively. Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugs which contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as H and C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labelled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readily available isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.
  • The compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate. In some cases, the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueous solution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate. The compounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, for example, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution. In this connection, one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvate or water molecules can combine with the compounds according to the invention to form solvates and hydrates. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible solvates.
  • The term “co-crystal” means a physical association of two or more molecules which owe their stability through non-covalent interaction. One or more components of this molecular complex provide a stable framework in the crystalline lattice. In certain instances, the guest molecules are incorporated in the crystalline lattice as anhydrates or solvates, see e.g. “Crystal Engineering of the Composition of Pharmaccutical Phases. Do Pharmaceutical Co-crystals Represent a New Path to Improved Medicines?” Almarasson, O., et. al., The Royal Society of Chemistry, 1889-1896, 2004. Examples of co-crystals include p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid.
  • It is also appreciated that certain compounds described herein can be present as an equilibrium of tautomers. For example, ketones with an α-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enol form.
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00007
  • Likewise, amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in equilibrium of the amide form and the imidic acid form. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible tautomers.
  • It is known that chemical substances form solids which are present in different states of order which are termed polymorphic forms or modifications. The different modifications of a polymorphic substance can differ greatly in their physical properties. The compounds according to the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with it being possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possible polymorphic forms.
  • In some aspects, a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula:
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00008
  • which is understood to be equivalent to a formula:
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00009
  • wherein n is typically an integer. That is, Rn is understood to represent five independent substituents, Rn(a), Rn(b), Rn(c), Rn(d), and Rn(e). By “independent substituents,” it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance Rn(a) is halogen, then Rn(b) is not necessarily halogen in that instance.
  • Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions of the invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used within the methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these compounds cannot be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of the compound and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary. This concept applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using the compositions of the invention. Thus, if there are a variety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood that each of these additional steps can be performed with any specific embodiment or combination of embodiments of the methods of the invention.
  • In one aspect, the invention relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of STAT3/STAT5. In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds and products of disclosed methods of making are modulators of STAT3/STAT5 activity. In various aspects, the present invention relates to compounds that bind to a STAT3 protein and negatively modulate STAT3 activity. In other various aspects, the present invention relates to compounds that bind to a STAT5 protein and negatively modulate STAT5 activity. In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds exhibit inhibition of STAT3/5 activity.
  • In one aspect, the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cancer associated with STAT3/STAT5 activity dysfunction, such as breast, prostate or brain cancer and glioblastoma, and other diseases in which a STAT3/5 protein is involved, as further described herein.
  • It is contemplated that each disclosed derivative can be optionally further substituted. It is also contemplated that any one or more derivative can be optionally omitted from the invention. It is understood that a disclosed compound can be provided by the disclosed methods. It is also understood that the disclosed compounds can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.
  • In an aspect of the disclosure, there is provided a compound of formula I
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00010
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
    wherein each of m and n are independently an integer from 0-3;
    wherein R1 is selected from A1, A2, -(A1)-(A2), -(A2)-(A3), -(A3)-(A2), -(A3)-(A4), -(A5)-(A1)-(A7), -(A5)-(A2)-(A8), -(A5)-(A3)-(A7), and -(A5)-(A6)-L-(A7); wherein A1 is C3-6 cycloalkyl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R5, (C═O)OR5, and (C═O)NHR5; wherein A2 is C3-6 cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R6, (C═O)OR6, and (C═O)NHR6; wherein A3 is aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R7, (C═O)OR7, and (C═O)NHR7; wherein A4 is aryl, and substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R8, (C═O)OR8, and (C═O)NHR8; wherein A5 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R9, (C═O)OR9, and (C═O)NHR9; wherein A6 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R10, (C═O)OR10, and (C═O)NHR10; wherein A7 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R11, (C═O)OR11, and (C═O)NHR11; wherein A8 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6, polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R12, (C═O)OR12, and (C═O)NHR12; wherein L is selected from —(C═O)— and —SO2—; wherein R2 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C2-6 polyhaloalkenyl, C2-6 polyhaloalkynyl; or wherein R2 is aryl, and substituted with 0-5 groups independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkythio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkythio, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)OR12, and (C═O)NHR12; wherein R3 is aryl substituted with 0-5 groups independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, and (C1-6)-alk-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy; wherein each of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, and R11 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 polyhaloalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof,
    wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00011
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00012
  • Wherein R3 is selected from the structure represented by formula:
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00013
  • Wherein R4 is a structure represented by formula:
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00014
  • wherein R13 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —COR16, —CN, —CH2PO(OH)2, —CH2P(O)3(CH2CH3)2, —NO2, —NHR17, and 1H-tetrazole;
    R16 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH, —O—C(1-2)alkyl, —OCH2OC(O)CH3, —OCH2OC(O)t-Butyl, and —NHOH,
    R17 is selected from the group consisting of: —H, —C(O)C(O)CH2CH3, —C(O)C(O)OH, and —C(O)CH2-1H-tetrazole
    R14 is —H or when R13 is —COOH, R14 is —F, —OC(O)CH3; and
    R13 is —H when R14 is —OH or both R14 and R15 are COOH.
  • In an aspect of the disclosure, there is provided a focused library of 4-(2-(phenylsulfonamido)acetamido)salicylic acid analogs possessing both prodrugs, potential bioisosteres, as well as functionality deemed appropriate for salicylic acid mimicry. These compounds are tested for their inhibitory activity of STAT3/5. These two proteins have been shown to be involved in various cancers. In will be demonstrated herein that the compounds of the present invention, in comparison to other compounds that are known to be useful for treating various cancers are in fact more potent. With consideration for improving cell and BBB permeability, prodrugs designed herein were synthesized to conceal either one of, or both of, the anionic hydroxyl and carboxylic acid of the salicylic group. In this sub-family, alkyl (39-40), acetoxymethyl (AOM) (26), pivaloyloxymethyl (POM) (27), and the acetylated prodrug (22, 23) of the salicylic acid were prepared to enhance cell permeability (Table 1). In addition to salicylic acid, a phosphotyrosine-like phosphonate derivative of 1 was prepared, 21 and the prodrug analog, 20. For purposes of developing a structure activity relationship, the relative ring positions of the hydroxy- and carboxylate groups were inversed (38), the hydroxyl substituent replaced with a fluoride (33, 43) or removed entirely and replaced with a hydrogen atom (31, 42). The electronegative fluorinated analogs, 33, 43, were prepared to lower inhibitor polarity by reducing the charge on carboxylate and thus, for improving cell permeability. As an additional benefit, the hydroxyl group deletion or replacement with fluorine would preclude phase II glucoronidation. To further investigate the role of the salicylic acid in binding STAT3, an N-hydroxyl amino (32, 44), sulfonamide (12-15), sulfonamine (16), tetrazole (35, 41) and N-hydoxy-oxamic acid (28, 46) derivatives were prepared. Selected prodrug analogs of the bioisosteres were also prepared (17-18). Compounds 12-13 and 36, possessing bulky hydrophobic naphthyl group or benzene, respectively, lacking the key salicylic acid, and were synthesized as negative controls. Chemical synthetic routes toward all compounds shown are reported herein.
  • TABLE 1
    A focused library of inhibitors consisting of prodrugs and bioisosteres
    of the salicylic acid functionality
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00015
    # R1 R2
     8
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00016
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00017
     9
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00018
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00019
    10
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00020
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00021
    11
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00022
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00023
    12
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00024
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00025
    13
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00026
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00027
    14
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00028
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00029
    15
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00030
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00031
    16
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00032
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00033
    17
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00034
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00035
    18
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00036
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00037
    20
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00038
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00039
    21
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00040
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00041
    22
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00042
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00043
    23
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00044
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00045
    26
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00046
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00047
    27
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00048
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00049
    28
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00050
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00051
    29
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00052
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00053
    30
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00054
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00055
    31
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00056
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00057
    32
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00058
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00059
    33
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00060
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00061
    34
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00062
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00063
    35
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00064
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00065
    36
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00066
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00067
    37
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00068
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00069
    38
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00070
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00071
    39
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00072
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00073
    40
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00074
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00075
    41
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00076
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00077
    42
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00078
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00079
    43
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00080
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00081
    44
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00082
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00083
    45
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00084
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00085
    46
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00086
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00087
  • First, the library was screened for biological activity against a set of three representative GBM BTSCs derived from GBM patients, including the very aggressive GBM BTSC lines, BTSC73M, BTSC30M and BTSC68EF. Dissociated BTSC spheres were sceded at 1500 cells/96-well and treated with drug compound or vehicle (DMSO) one day after plating. Cell viability following drug treatment was assessed after 72 hrs using the alamarBlue™ assay (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's instructions. All culture experiments were performed in triplicate with a minimum of three wells per condition. IC50 values obtained from the results of these experiments were compared to BP-1-102 compound (also referred in these experiments as compound 1), and Cucurbitacin, a JAK2 inhibitor and the most potent inhibitor of BTSCs to date, as references (Table 2).
  • TABLE 2
    IC50 (μM) data
    30M 73M
    WP1066  1.8 ± 0.22 2.1 - wide error
    Cucurbitacin
    1 0.63 ± 0.08 0.70 ± 0.06
    Compound 31 0.432 ± 0.022 1.031 ± 0.031
  • However, poor BBB permeability has negated Cucurbitacin's clinical relevance. Consistent with findings in other tumour cells harbouring activated STAT3, compound 1 exhibited low μM activity (FIG. 1A). Most encouragingly, the library prepared exhibited a number of more potent inhibitors that exhibited low nanomolar (nM) IC50 cytotoxicity values against BTSCs, including unprecedented activity against 73M. Of note, the tolyl analogs (R2=tolyl, 18, 23, 42-46) were poorly soluble and exhibited much reduced activity cf the pentafluorobenzene R2 counterparts which gave homogenous solutions. The top four ranked compounds, 22, 31, 32, and 33, which displayed IC50 values ranging from 100 nM to 3.8 μM were further investigated against BTSCs, 25M, 67EF, 73EF, 84EF and 127EF which represent the molecular heterogeneity of human GBMs (FIGS. 1A and 1B). Across, all 8 BTSCs evaluated, compounds 22 and 31-33 showed remarkable activity, with EC50s ranging from 66-1145 nM.
  • However, of the top four agents evaluated, compound 31, equipped with a benzoic acid substituent, exhibited significantly higher potency against a larger number of BTSCs. Most notably, against 127EF, 31, with an EC 50 66±33.9 nM, represents the most potent small molecule inhibitor of a BTSC, more potent even than Cucurbitacin (EC50=630 nM and 700 nM v.s. 30M and 73M respectively).
  • Given the nM cytoxicity, these compounds were assayed for biological effects in healthy cells. A series of normal human fetal astrocytes, were subjected to top three inhibitors at concentrations up to 5 μM (10-20 fold higher than reported IC50s against BTSCs). As shown in FIG. 2A, compounds 22, 31 and 32 showed minimal toxicity at concentrations of up to 5 μM in normal human cells, identifying a clear therapeutic window for these agents in GBM.
  • Next, to confirm retention of STAT3 binding affinity, surface plasmon resonance (SPR) binding experiments were performed using a ProteOn XPR36 (Bio-rad). Briefly, full length His-tagged STAT3 protein (SignalChem) was immobilized onto THE sensor chip (bio-Rad, Ontario, Canada). To determine the kinetic association and dissociation rate constants (kon and koff), drug-protein binding was evaluated at varying concentrations. Most encouragingly, all four compounds exhibited potent nM binding potencies (FIG. 2B). Compound 31 was shown to be the most potent binder, with a KD (kon/koff)=300±27 nM. Thus, with the results reported above, when compared to what exists in the prior art, compound 31 represents the most potent, non-phosphorylated STAT3 inhibitor reported to-date, with low nM KD values against STAT3 protein. Studies reported on FIG. 2B were done at multiple concentrations, i.e. 5.000, 1.667, 0.556, and 0.185 μM.
  • Next, to examine disruption of phosphopeptide:STAT3 SH2 domain complexation events, compounds were subjected to a fluorescence polarization (FP) assay as previously reported by Schust, J., et al. (Anal. Biochem. 330, 114-118, 2004) and Wu, P. et al. (Anal. Biochem. 249, 29-36, 1997). Briefly, fluorescein labeled peptide probe (5-FAM-GpYLPQTV-NH2 (CanPeptide) was incubated with STAT3 protein (SignalChem) and inhibitor for 30 minutes and then analyzed on a Tecan M1000 fluorimeter (Tecan). Polarized fluorescence was plotted against concentration of inhibitor and IC50 values determined by fitting to a dose response curve. Relative to compound 1, many of the new derivatives showed improved binding activity. As expected, in an extracellular setting, prodrug analogs, 17-20, 22, 26-27 and 39-40 displayed no binding activity. In addition, negative control 36, lacking the salicylic acid binding group, showed no disruption of the STAT3:phosphopeptide interaction. Compounds possessing the neutral amidosulfonamide substituent exhibited lower inhibitory potency. Substitution with a hydroxyl-amine (32) showed marked improvements in inhibitory potency. Finally, and in good agreement with SPR data, compound 27 was the most potent inhibitor of STAT3. In addition, 31 displayed a >5 fold selectivity for STAT3 and STAT5 over STAT1 which has anti-tumor roles.
  • Cellular levels of activated STAT3 activity were determined using Western blot analyses for phosphorylated STAT3, including, Y705 as well as pSTAT3 S727 and downstream target genes, Bcl-xL and Cyclin D1. Blockade of the STAT3 SH2 domain should not inhibit S727 phosphorylation, only Y705. For protein analysis following drug treatment, BTSC spheres were dissociated to single cells and 1×106 cells were treated with drug or vehicle (DMSO) at different concentrations and time points. 15 μg of protein were loaded on 7.5% or 10% SDS-PAGE gels and trans-blotted to nitrocellulose membranes. Blots were stained with antibodies: phospho-Y705, phospho-S727, Bcl-xL, cyclin D1, PARP and Actin. Bands were visualized with the ECL Plus™ Western Blotting Detection System and Hyperfilm™ (Amersham). Most encouragingly, at 1 μM, the top four compounds exhibited potent suppression of pSTAT3 (Y705) with no effect on the total STAT3 concentrations or on pSTAT3 S727 (levels). In addition, off-target effects were not observed against kinase targets including, MAPK or EGFR, as well as structural protein, 3-tubulin. Notably, compounds 22, 31 and 32 showed the most suppression of pSTAT3 (Y705). To determine whether the observed biological responses were STAT3 concentration dependant, and further, to establish the exact pSTAT3 inhibition potency selected BTSCs were treated to varying concentrations of lead inhibitors (0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0 and 5.0 μM) and lysates subjected to Western Blot analysis. Most encouragingly, dose-dependent decreases in pSTAT3 levels were observed, as well as potent inhibition of downstream targets involved in cell growth and survival, Cyclin D1 and Bcl-xl. Most notably, compound 31, the most potent compound against BTSCs, exhibited concentration-dependant decreases in pSTAT3 levels that correlated well with observed cytotoxicity and downstream target suppression. Specifically, treatment with compound 31 at 500 nM completely silenced pSTAT3 signalling. Compounds 22 and 32, whilst slightly less potent, still exhibited nM inhibition of pSTAT3.
  • To further evaluate potential off-target effects, compounds 22, 31 and 32 were screened in vitro for activity against five cancer related kinases, c-Src, ERK1, AKT, JaK1 and JaK2 at 5 μM (10-15 fold higher than reported IC50s against BTSCs). Briefly, this assay employs a radiometric detection system to measure kinase phosphoryl transfer activity. The top three inhibitors exhibited moderate to negligible activity against the bank of kinases. For example, all three compounds showed negligible inhibition of Akt1, Erk1 and JaK1, whilst only exhibiting modest inhibition of c-Src and JaK2 (˜50% inhibition of kinase activity). Thus, since the concentration of inhibitor required to elicit effective kinase inhibition was 15-fold higher than the IC50 values in BTSCs, It thus shows that the biological activity was not a result of upstream JaK kinase inhibition.
  • To more comprehensively investigate potential off-target effects, 31 was subjected to a kinome screen (101 diverse kinases, DiscoveRx™ KINOMEscan) as well as a protein and receptor screen (21 biologically important G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs)). For kinome screening kinases labelled with DNA were treated with compound 31 (500 nM) and incubated with an immobilized ligand designed to capture the target kinase. Ultra-sensitive quantitative PCR (qPCR) was used to measure levels of immobilized kinases after treatment with compound 31. The immobilized kinase levels were compared to control samples and hits were designated when the quantity of the seized kinase fell below a 35% threshold. The GPCR screening employed the widely applied PathHunter β-arrestin GPCR assay platform (DiscoveRx) to evaluate the activity of compound 31. The GPCRs are widely regarded as a most important family of membrane receptors, due to their master regulatory role in intracellular signal transduction. As a result, GPCRs are among the most heavily investigated drug targets in the pharmaceutical industry. Encouragingly, compound 32, showed no off-target activity against any of the 21 GPCRs tested (500 nM). Moreover, compound 31 at same concentration (500 nM), showed negligible effects against the representative family of kinases including a large number of both SH2 (JaK1 and JaK2) and SH3 (Fes, Fer, Fyn) domain-containing kinases. Lack of off-target kinase activity is illustrated in the TreeSpot dendrogramn (FIG. 3). Since there exists an estimated 117 SIH2 and ˜300 SH3 domains, it was important that compound 31 display relative selectivity for the target STAT3 SH2 domain, minimizing undesired off-target biological effects. Taken together, compound 31 exhibited unprecedented cytotoxicity across a range of human BTSCs, exhibited no toxicity in human fetal astrocytes at concentrations 15-20-fold higher than IC50s, potently suppressed pSTAT3 at nM concentrations correlating well with in vitro nM KD values (SPR), inhibited STAT3's downstream targets and showed no discernible off-target effects at therapeutic doses as assessed by kinome and GPCR screens.
  • Finally, to establish inhibitors clinical relevance, compound 31's activity was compared against a leading JaK2 inhibitor, WP1066, in 73M, one of the most aggressive BTSC (FIG. 4). Comparative Western blot analyses demonstrated equipotent pSTAT3 suppression at 1 μM inhibitor concentrations. However, it should be noted that upstream JaK kinase inhibitors have suffered from lack of kinase selectivity and poor in vivo efficacy, including blood brain barrier permeability. As noted previously, the compounds reported herein do not inhibit the JaKs at therapeutic doses and appear to function through STAT3 direct inhibition.
  • In summary, the most potent, non-phosphorylated, direct-binding, STAT3 SH2 domain inhibitors has been synthesized and tested herein. Moreover, their application in GBM BTSCs, recently reported to harbor high levels of hyperactivated STAT3, which critically, has been shown to be the major driver in brain cancer tumorogenesis and BTSC drug resistance, has been validated. Compound 31 displayed the highest STAT3 binding affinity for a non-phosphorylated, drug-like, small molecule inhibitor (SPR, KD=315 nM), and it was shown to effectively disrupt STAT3/phosphopeptide interactions. Additionally in whole cell studies, the inhibitors presented herein effectively suppress STAT3 phosphorylation and its downstream protein targets (Cyclin D1 and Bcl-xL). The potential of STAT3 inhibitors have now been clearly demonstrated for the first time for the treatment of BTSCs and its clinical efficacy for GBM clinical application.
  • Having brought light herein on new potent STAT3 inhibitors, where mimetics of the salicylic acid were tested. However, the inventors have also tested other STAT3 inhibitors as reported in WO2012/018868. These specific compounds are substituents on R4 from formula 1 above. However, having already defined position R1, R2 and R3, and showed that the compounds obtained were STAT3 inhibitors, the person skilled in the art will also appreciate, with the present invention that in addition to the modifications suggested on R4 herein, the other substitutions as suggested in WO2012/018868 would also produce a compound with STAT3 inhibiting activity. It will however be appreciated that the modifications suggested herein provide new compounds having much better inhibiting activity agains STAT3.
  • It will be appreciated that the amount of a compound of the invention required for use in treatment will vary not only with the particular compound selected but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition for which treatment is required and the age and condition of the patient and will be ultimately at the discretion of the attendant physician.
  • Generally, the amount administered will be empirically determined, typically in the range of about 10 g to 100 mg/kg body weight of the recipient.
  • The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided dose administered at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more doses per day.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions include, without limitation, those suitable for oral, (including buccal and sub-lingual), transdermal, or parenteral (including intramuscular, sub-cutaneous and intravenous) administration or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation.
  • The formulations may, where appropriate, be conveniently presented in discrete dosage units and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The methods for preparing a pharmaceutical composition can include the steps of bringing into association the compound as defined herein and pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation, including applying a coating when desired.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for oral administration may conveniently be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution, a suspension or as an emulsion. Tablets and capsules for oral administration may contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, fillers, lubricants, disintegrants, or wetting agents. The tablets may be coated according to methods well known in the art. Oral liquid preparations may be in the form of, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups or elixirs, or may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may contain conventional additives such as suspending agents, emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles (which may include edible oils), or preservatives.
  • The compounds and combinations as defined herein may also be formulated for parenteral administration (e.g. by injection, for example bolus injection or continuous infusion) and may be presented in unit dose form in ampoules, pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion or in multi-dose containers with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilisation from solution, for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile water or saline, before use.
  • Compositions suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavoured base. usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • For administration by inhalation, the compounds and combinations as defined herein may take the form of a dry powder composition, for example a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. The powder composition may be presented in unit dosage form in, for example, capsules or cartridges or e.g. gelatin or blister packs from which the powder may be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator.
  • The compounds as defined herein may include a chiral center which gives rise to enantiomers. The compounds may thus exist in the form of two different optical isomers, that is (+) or (−) enantiomers. All such enantiomers and mixtures thereof, including racemic or other ratio mixtures of individual enantiomers, are included within the scope of the invention. The single enantiomer can be obtained by methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as chiral HPLC, enzymatic resolution and chiral auxiliary derivatization.
  • It will also be appreciated that the compounds in accordance with the present disclosure can contain more than one chiral centre. The compounds of the present invention may thus exist in the form of different diastereomers. All such diastereomers and mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the invention. The single diastereomer can be obtained by methods well known in the art, such as HPLC, crystallisation and chromatography.
  • The term “Solvate” means that a compound as defined herein incorporates one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvents including water to give rise to hydrates. The solvate may contain one or more molecules of solvent per molecule of compound or may contain one or more molecules of compound per molecule of solvent. Illustrative non-limiting examples of hydrates include monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate and tetrahydrate or semi-hydrate. In one embodiment, the solvent may be held in the crystal in various ways and thus, the solvent molecule may occupy lattice positions in the crystal, or they may form bonds with salts of the compounds as described herein. The solvate(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of not being deleterious to the recipient thereof. The solvation may be assessed by methods known in the art such as Loss on Drying techniques (LOD).
    • Abbreviations Used in the Description of the Preparation of the Compounds of the Present Disclosure
    • Bu Butyl
    • CDCl3 Deuterated chloroform
    • DCM Dichloromethane
    • DMAP N,N-dimethylaminopyridine
    • DME 1,2-dimethoxyethane
    • DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium
    • DMF N,N-Dimnethylformamide
    • DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide
    • Et Ethyl
    • EtOAc Ethyl acetate
    • HMQC Heteronuclear multiple quantum coherence
    • mCPBA meta-chloroperbenzoic acid
    • HRMS High resolution mass spectrum
    • Me Methyl
    • MeOH Methanol
    • NEt3 Triethylamine
    • NFSI N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide
    • NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance
    • Ph Phenyl
    • RT Room temperature
    • THF Tetrahydofuran
    • TBAF tetrabutylammonium fluoride
    • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
    • TMSBr trimethylsilyl bromide
    • RBF Round bottom flask
    Preparation of the Compounds of the Invention
  • The compounds of the present disclosure can be prepared according to the procedures denoted in the following reaction Schemes 1 and 2 and Examples or modifications thereof using readily available starting materials, reagents, and conventional procedures or variations thereof well-known to a practitioner of ordinary skill in the art of synthetic organic chemistry.
  • Specific definitions of variables in the Schemes are given for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to limit the procedures described.
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00088
  • In Scheme 1; a) BnBr, KOtBu, DMF, 0° C.→R.T., 5 h; then BnBr, KOtBu, DMF, 0° C.→RT, 16 h, 61%; b) BnBr, KOtBu, DMF, 0° C.→R.T., 16 h (74%) c) Aldehyde, AcOH, 4 Å MS, MeOH, 45° C., 3 h; 2. NaCNBH3, RT, 12 h, 74-91%; d) Aldehyde, AcOH, 4 Å MS, CH3CH2Cl2, 30 min; then Na(OAc)3BH, RT, 12 h, 77-98%; e) C5F5SO2Cl or p-TsCl, DIPEA, CH3CN, 0° C., RT, 1 h, 92-95%; f) DCM:TFA, 2:1, RT, 1 h, 95%; g) LiOH.H2O, THF/H2O, 3:1, RT, 1 h, 80-85% h) PPh3Cl2, 100° C. Microwave assisted heating, CHCl3, 30 min, 60-87%; i) (COCl)2, DMF(cat), DIPEA, CH2Cl2, R.T, 16 h, 71-80%. p-TsCl=para-toluenesulfonyl chloride; DIPEA=N,N-diisopropylethylamine; DMF=N,N-dimethylformamide; TFA=Trifluoroacetic acid; (COCl)2=oxalyl chloride; THF=tetrahydrofuran, LiOH.H2O, lithium hydroxide hydrate.
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00089
    Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00090
  • In scheme 2: j) SnCl2.2H2O, MeOH, reflux, 16 hr, 78%; k) “R—SO2Cl, Pyridine, DCM, 0° C.→R.T., 16 h, 81% 1) H2, 10% Pd/C, MeOH/THF, 1:1, RT, 1-16 h, 85-99%. SnCl2.2H2O=Stannous chloride dihydrate, DCM Dichloromethane.
  • Chemical Methods
  • Anhydrous solvents methanol, DMSO, CH2Cl2, THF and DMF were used directly from their Sure-Seal bottles and were purchased from Sigma Aldrich. 4 Å molecular sieves also purchased from Sigma Aldrich, were activated by heating to 300° C. under vacuum overnight. All reactions were performed in oven-dried glassware and were monitored for completeness by thin-layer chromatography (TLC) using silica gel (visualized by UV light, or developed by treatment with KMnO4 stain or Hanessian's stain). A 400 MHz Bruker NMR was utilized to obtain 1H and 13C NMR spectra in CDCl3, CD3OD or d6-DMSO. All NMR Chemical shifts (δ) are reported in parts per million after calibrations to residual isotopic solvent and coupling constants (J) are reported in Hz. Inhibitor purity was evaluated by a Water's reversed-phase HPLC (rpHPLC) prior to biological testing. Analysis by rpHPLC was performed using a Microsorb-MV 300 Å C18 250 mm×4.6 mm column with eluent flow set at 1 mL/min, and using gradient mixtures of (A) water with 0.1% TFA and (B) an acetonitrile solution containing 10% H2O and 0.1% TFA. Ligand purity was confirmed using linear gradients from 50% A and 50% B to 100% B after an initial 2 minute period of 100% A, and a second linear gradient of 100% A to 100% B. The linear gradient consisted of a changing solvent composition of either (1) 5.2% per minute and UV detection at 254 nm or (II) 1.8% per minute and detection at 254 nm, each ending with 5 minutes of 100% B. When reporting the HPLC results, retention times for each condition arc written followed by their purities in their respective order. Biologically evaluated compounds are >95% chemical purity as measured by HPLC. Traces of the HPLC results are provided in supporting information.
    • General Procedure a (Mono-Benzylation of Alcohols or Acids)
  • To a stirred solution of amino benzyl alcohols or 4-aminobenzoic acid (1.0 eq) in DMF (0.1 M) at 0° C., was added KOtBu (1.1 eq). After 15 mins, benzyl bromide (1.1 eq) was added drop-wise and the reaction left to stir over night before quenching with H2O. The solution was then repeatedly extracted with ethyl acetate and the organics were combined. The organics were then washed with H2O and brine then concentrated, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified using the Biotage Isolera automated column chromotographer in a gradient of EtOAc and Hexane and then dried under reduced pressure.
    • General Procedure b (Di-Benzylation of the Salicylic Acid)
  • To a stirred solution of 4-aminosalicyclic acid (6.00 g, 39.2 mmol) in DMF (0.1 M) at 0° C., was added KOtBu (4.84 g, 43.2 mmol). After 15 mins, benzyl bromide (5.14 mL, 43.2 mmol) was added drop-wise. The suspension was allowed to stir at R.T. for a further 4 hrs before the reaction vessel was again cooled to 0° C. A further 1.1 eqs of KiOBu (2.84 g, 43.2 mmol) were added prior to the drop-wise addition of benzyl bromide (5.14 mL, 43.2 mmol). The reaction was then stirred overnight before quenching with H2O. The solution was then repeatedly extracted with ethyl acetate and the organics combined. The organics were then washed with H2O and brine then concentrated, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified using the Biotage Isolera automated column chromotographer in a gradient of EtOAc and Hexane and then dried under reduced pressure.
    • General Procedure c (Reductive Amination Using Sodium Cyanoborohydride)
  • To a solution of primary aniline (1 eq) and acetic acid (1.1 eq) stirred in anhydrous MeOH (0.1 M) with 4 Å mol. sieves was added 4-cyclohexylbenzaldehyde (1.5 eq). The solution was then heated to 45° C. for 3 hr and then allowed to cool to rt. Next, NaCNBH3 (1.5 eq) was added and the reaction allowed to stir at rt overnight. When TLC indicated the reaction was complete, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo and absorbed directly onto silica for column chromatography purification using a gradient of EtOAc and Hexane.
    • General Procedure d (Reductive Amination Using Sodium Triacetoxy Borohodyride)
  • To a solution of primary aniline (1 eq) and acetic acid (1.1 eq) stirred in anhydrous dichloroethane (0.1 M) with 4 Å mol. sieves was added 4-cyclohexylbenzaldehyde (1.5 eq). The solution was then stirred at rt for 5 mins after which Na(OAc)3BH (1.5 eq) was added and the reaction allowed to stir at rt overnight. When TLC indicated the reaction was complete, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo and absorbed directly onto silica for column chromatography purification using a gradient of EtOAc and Hexane.
    • General Procedure e (Sulfonylation of the Secondary Amine)
  • A solution of the methyl amino (1 eq) and DIPEA (3 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile and cooled to 0° C. before 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride or TsCl (1.1 eq) was added to yield the desired product. The resultant solution was allowed to stir overnight at R.T. The solvent was removed and the residue redissolved in CH2Cl2. The organics were then washed sequentially with 0.1 M HCl, saturated NaHCO3 and brine. The organics were then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to furnish 6a or 6b. The material was carried forward without any purification.
    • 2-(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluoro-N-methylphenylsulfonamido)acetic Acid (f)
  • A solution of 6a was dissolved in TFA and immediately diluted with DCM to form a 1:1 TFA:DCM (0.1 M) solution. Reaction was stirred for one hour at R.T. and then co-evaporated with MeOH (3×) then CHCl3 (4×) to near dryness. The residue was re-dissolved up in EtOAc and Hexanes, wet loaded onto a Biotage Isolera column, and purified using a gradient of MeOH and DCM.
    • General Procedure g (Ester Hydrolysis Using Lithium Hydroxide)
  • Methyl or ethyl esters (1.0 eq) were dissolved in a 3:1 mixture of THF:H2O. Then LiOH (1.1 eq) was added and after 30 minutes the reaction was confirmed to be complete by TLC. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, acidified (pH˜5.5) by KH2PO4, and continuously extracted into EtOAc. Organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reaction was purified by flash column chromatography using an isocratic solvent system (35:7:1 DCM:MeOH:H2O).
    • General Procedure h (PPh3Cl2 Promoted Peptide Amide Coupling)
  • To a stirred solution of the acid (1.1 eq) in CHCl3 (0.1 M) was added PPh3Cl2 (2.5 eq). After five minutes of stirring at R.T. the amine (1.0 eq) was added in one portion and the reaction was heated in the microwave at 125° C. for 15 minutes. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and absorbed directly onto silica for column chromatography purification using a gradient of EtOAc and Hexane.
    • General Procedure i (Oxalyl Chloride Mediated Condensation)
  • To a solution of the acid (1.0 eq) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (0.1 M) at 0° C. was added oxalyl chloride (1.2 eq) followed by a drop of DMF. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hr under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen gas before it was stopped and concentrated in vacuo. The reaction was then resumed by re-dissolving in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (0.1 M). After 5 mins of stirring, the amine (1.2 eq) and triethylamine (2.5 eq) was added to the reaction at 0° C. and stirred for two hours at R.T. The reaction was then quenched with H2O and the aqueous layer was extracted repeatedly into ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were then washed with brine and driver over Na2SO4 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford the desired product.
    • Reduction of Nitro to Amine (j)
  • A stirred solution of (name of the nitro) (143 mg, 0.4 mmol) and Tin (II) Chloride dihydrate (445 mg, 1.97 mmol) in DCM/MeOH (2:1) (0.1 M) was heated at 70° C. until determined to be complete by TLC. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with water and repeatedly extracted with ethyl acetate. The collected organic layers were then combined, washed with saturated NaHCO3 and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The material was purified using a Biotage Isolera in a gradient of 50% EtOAc:Hexanes to afford a white solid (91%).
    • General Procedure k (Sulfonylation of the Aniline Functionality)
  • The free amine functionality was dissolved in mixture of 1:1 DCM/Pyridine (0.1 M) and cooled to 0° C. The desired sulfonyl chloride or ethyl 2-chloro-2-oxoacetate was added drop wise and the reaction stirred until deemed complete by TLC. The solvent was evaporated and the resulting residue was adsorbed onto silica gel from CH2Cl2 and columned using a Biotage Isolera in a gradient of EtOAc:Hexanes.
  • General Procedure l (Hydrogenolysis of Benzyl Ester and Benzyl Ether).
  • The benzyl protected (1 eq), acid, alcohol or salicylic acid was dissolved in a stirred solution of MeOH/THF (1:2) (0.1 M). The solution was thoroughly degassed and 10% Pd/C (10 mg/mmol) was carefully added to the reaction. H2 gas was bubbled through the solvent for 5 mins before the reaction was put under an atmosphere of H2 gas and stirred continuously for 3 hrs. The H2 gas was evacuated and the reaction filtered through celite to remove the Pd catalyst and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was adsorbed onto silica gel from CH2Cl2 and columned using a Biotage Isolera in a gradient of MeOH and DCM.
    • Synthesis of the Benzylhydroxyl Amine Derivative (m)
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00091
  • To a solution of the acid (50 mg, 0.09 mmol) in anhydrous THF (1 mL) at 0° C. was added oxalyl chloride (25.6.M, 0.32 mmol) and a drop of DMF. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for two hours and then concentrated under vacuo and placed under high vacuum for 15 minutes. The reaction was then resumed by re-dissolving in THF (1 mL) followed by the addition of O-Benzylhydroxylamine (21.7 μM, 0.18 mmol) and triethylamine (52 μM, 0.37 mmol). The reaction was stirred at R.T. for 1 hr and then quenched with H2O and the aqueous layer was extracted repeatedly intro ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were then washed with brine and driver over Na2SO4 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (50% hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford the desired product (13) as a white solid (51 mg, 79%).
    • Synthesis of (4-(N-(4-cyclohexylbenzyl)-2-(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluoro-N methylphenylsulfonamido)acetamido)benzyl)phosphonic Acid (n)
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00092
  • Iodotrimethylsilane (11.94 μM, 0.084 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of phosphonate (30 mg, 0.042 mmol) and bis(timethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide (11.25 μM, 0.046 mmol) in anhydrous DCM at 0° C. The reaction mixture was kept under nitrogen and stirred for 1 hr at 0° C. and slowly brought to room temperature and stirred for an additional 1 hr. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified via HPLC to yield the desired product (20 mg, 74%).
    • Acetylation of the Salicylic Acid (o)
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00093
  • A drop of concentrated sulphuric acid was added to a solution of the desired salicylic acid (30 mg, 0.05 mmol) in acetic anhydride (0.5 ml) at 0° C. and under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at R.T until complete by TLC after which the reaction was cooled to 0° C. and quenched with ice cold water. The material was concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (5% Methanol/Dichloromethane) to afford the acetylated product (21 mg, 60%).
    • Synthesis of 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)aniline (p)
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00094
  • A mixture of 4-aminobenzonitrile (100 mg, 0.85 mmol), sodium azide (110.2 mg, 1.69 mmol), DMF (8.5 mL) and ammonium chloride (45.3 mg, 0.85 mmol) was heated in an oil bath for 24 h at 125° C. When the reaction was deemed complete by TLC the mixture was acidified with 1N HCL and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined ethyl acetate was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the crude product. The tetrazole compound was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (90% CH2Cl2/MeOH) to yield the desired product (102 mg, 74%).
    • Synthesis of Methyl and Ethyl Esters (q)
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00095
  • SOCl2 (5 eq) was added dropwise to a cooled solution of 4-amino benzoic acid (1 eq) in alcohol (MeOH or EtOH). The reaction mixture was then stirred at R.T. for 30 minutes.
  • When determined to be complete by TLC the reaction was concentrated in vacuo and absorbed directly onto silica for column chromatography purification.
    • Synthesis of the Pivoloxyl and Acetoxy Methyl Esters (r)
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00096
  • The free acid (1.0 eq) was dissolved up in anhydrous DMF. Re-distilled DIPEA (2.1 eq) was added in a single portion, followed by the addition of iodomethyl pivalate or bromomethyl acetate (2.0 eq). Reaction was covered with tin foil and allowed to react at R.T. for 24 hours. At this point, the reaction was diluted with water and repeatedly extracted into EtOAc. The combined organics were washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The concentrated product was re-dissolved in the HPLC solution condition B. This solution was purified using preparative HPLC and immediately lyophilized from the eluent solution.
    • Example 1—Compound 5a
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00097
  • Compound 5a was synthesized according to general procedure a, yielding the final product 5a as a white solid (93%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.37 (s, 9H, CH3), 3.03 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.10 (s, 2H, CH2); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 27.5, 35.3, 51.5, 82.8, 115.6, 136.4, 144.8, 145.9, 167.0; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C13H14F5NO4S+H] 376.06 found 376.09
    • Example 2—Compound 5b
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00098
  • Compound 5b was synthesized according to general procedure a, yielding the final product 5b as a white solid (91%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 2.42 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.87 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.65 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.96 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.30 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.68 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.1, 35.2, 50.3, 52.0, 126.9, 134.6, 143.0, 168.3; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C11H15NO4S+H] 258.08 found 258.29.
    • Example 3—Compound 6a
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00099
  • Compound 6a was synthesized according to general procedure a, yielding the final product 6a as a brown solid (95%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 2.86 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.10 (s, 2H, CH2); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 35.4, 51.8, 115.3, 136.4, 144.8, 145.9, 167.1; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C9H6F5NO4S+H] 320.00 found 319.97
    • Example 4—Compound 6b
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00100
  • Compound 6b was synthesized according to general procedure g, yielding the final product 6b as a white solid (84%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 2.32 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.76 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.86 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.21 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.68 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 20.8, 35.1, 50.0, 126.7, 129.0, 134.2, 143.1, 172.9: LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C10H13NO4S+H] 244.06 found 244.28.
    • Example 5—Compound 3a
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00101
  • Compound 3a was synthesized according to general procedure a, yielding the final product 3a as an orange solid (71%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 4.13 (brs, 2H, NH2), 5.05 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.35 (s, 2H, CH), 6.19-6.23 (m, 2H, CH), 7.31-7.49 (m, 10H, CH), 7.81-7.86 (m, 1H, CH); δC(100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 65.8, 70.3, 99.1, 106.7, 108.8, 126.9, 127.6, 127.8, 128.0, 128.4, 134.4, 136.6, 136.7, 152.5, 160.8, 165.8; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C21H19NO3+Na] 356.13 found 356.33.
    • Example 6—Compound 3b
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00102
  • Compound 3b was synthesized according to general procedure a. yielding the final product 3b as a yellow solid (75%). δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 4.21 (brs, 2H, NH2), 5.10 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.33 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.35-7.48 (m, 10H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 67.1, 70.8, 100.1, 105.4, 110.2, 126.4, 127.3, 127.9, 128.2, 128.1, 134.8, 136.3, 136.5, 152.5, 160.2, 165.7; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C21H19NO3+Na] 356.13 found 356.14.
    • Example 7—Compound 3c
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00103
  • Compound 3c was synthesized according to general procedure b, yielding the final product 3c as a white solid (82%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 4.25 (brs, 2H, NH2), 5.38 (s, 2H, CH), 6.63 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.33-7.51 (m, 5H, CH), 7.96 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 66.1, 113.7, 118.9, 127.9, 128.0, 128.7, 131.7, 136.6, 151.5, 166.6; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C14H3NO2+Na] 250.08 found 250.07.
    • Example 8—Compound 3d
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00104
  • Compound 3d was synthesized according to general procedure b, yielding the final product 3d as a white solid (98%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 4.15 (brs, 2H, NH2), 5.34 (s, 2H, CH), 6.31-6.36 (m, 1H, CH), 6.38-6.43 (m, 1H, CH), 7.28-7.45 (m, 5H, CH), 7.76-7.82 (m, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 66.1, 113.7, 118.9, 127.9, 128.0, 128.7, 131.7, 136.6, 151.5, 166.6; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C14H12FNO2+Na] 268.07 found 268.06.
    • Example 9—Compound 3e
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00105
  • Compound 3e was synthesized according to general procedure b, yielding the final product 3c as a grey solid (84%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 3.66 (brs, 2H, NH2), 5.03 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.29-6.35 (m, 2H, CH), 6.38-6.44 (m, 2H, CH), 7.03-7.1 (m, 1H, CH), 7.29-7.45 (m, 5H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 68.1, 114.2, 116.6, 125.0, 127.5, 127.5, 127.9, 128.1, 136.9; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C13H13NO+H] 199.19 found 199.23.
    • Example 10—Compound 3f
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00106
  • Compound 3f was synthesized according to general procedure b, yielding the final product 3f as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 3.66 (brs, 2H, NH2), 5.03 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.29-6.34 (m, 2H, CH), 6.38-6.43 (m, 1H, CH) 7.03-7.1 (m, 1H, CH), 7.31-7.45 (m, 5H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 70.9, 102.7, 105.6, 107.3, 126.5, 127.5, 127.7, 128.1, 130.1, 151.2, 160.4; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C13H13NO+H] 199.19 found 199.23.
    • Example 11—Compound 4a
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00107
  • Compound 4a was synthesized according to general procedure c, yielding the final product 4a as an orange solid (81%). δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.25-1.48 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.73-1.94 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.48-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 4.30 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.05 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.35 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.68-6.75 (m, 1H, CH), 6.19-6.23 (m, 2H, CH), 6.86-6.92 (m, 1H, CH), 7.16-7.22 (m, 2H, CH), 7.30-7.48 (m, 10H, CH), 7.37-7.4 (m, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.1, 26.6, 34.3, 44.1, 47.1, 65.5, 70.2, 97.3, 104.9, 108.1, 125.9, 126.8, 127.2, 127.4, 127.5, 127.8, 128.1, 128.3, 133.9, 134.8, 135.2, 136.6, 136.8, 147.3, 152.8, 160.6, 165.7; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C34H3, NO3+Na] 528.65 found 528.35.
    • Example 12—Compound 4b
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00108
  • Compound 4b was synthesized according to general procedure c, yielding the final product 4b as an orange solid (86%). δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.29-1.49 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.72-1.95 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.44-2.56 (m, 1H, CH), 4.25 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.05 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.4 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.68-6.75 (m, 1H, CH), 6.86-6.92 (m, 1H, CH), 7.16-7.22 (m, 3H, CH), 7.25-7.36 (m, 10H, CH), 7.37-7.4 (m, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.1, 26.8, 34.4, 44.2, 48.6, 66.6, 72.2, 115.6, 116.8, 117.6, 121.7, 126.9, 127.2, 127.5, 127.9, 128.1, 128.3, 128.6, 136.1, 136.3, 137.2, 142.4, 147.2, 150.5, 166.6; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C34H35NO3+Na] 528.65 found 528.35.
    • Example 13—Compound 4c
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00109
  • Compound 4c was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product 4c as a white solid (88%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.28-1.48 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.93 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.55 (m, 1H, CH), 4.35 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.36 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.87 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10-7.16 (m, 4H, CH), 7.33-7.47 (m, 5H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.2, 26.5, 34.1, 44.1, 46.8, 66.9, 126.9, 128.2, 128.2, 128.4, 128.5, 128.4, 131.3, 133.4, 135.1, 147.8, 165.1, 165.7; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C27H29NO2+H] 399.22 found 399.16.
    • Example 14—Compound 4d
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00110
  • Compound 4d was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product 4d as a white solid (98%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.49 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.72-1.95 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.48-2.56 (m, 1H, CH), 4.31 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.72 (brs, 1H, NH), 5.34 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.27-6.32 (m, 1H, CH), 6.36-6.41 (m, 1H, CH), 7.22 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.27 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.32-7.49 (m, 5H, CH), 7.78-7.84 (m, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.9, 26.8, 34.3, 44.1, 47.3, 65.9, 106.2, 108.3, 127.2, 127.4, 127.8, 128.4, 133.4, 134.9, 136.4, 147.6, 153.5, 153.6, 162.9, 164.3, 165.6; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C27H28FNO2+H] 418.21 found 419.38.
    • Example 15—Compound 4e
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00111
  • Compound 4e was synthesized according to general procedure c, yielding the final product 4e as a yellow solid (86%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.32-1.50 (m, 5, CH2), 1.29-1.48 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.43-2.56 (m, 1H, CH), 4.25 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.01 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.58-6.65 (m, 2H, CH), 6.84-6.90 (m, 2H, CH), 7.20 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.31 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.33-7.46 (m, 5H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.2, 26.9, 34.5, 44.3, 49.0, 70.9, 113.9, 116.2, 127.0, 127.5, 127.6, 127.7, 128.5, 136.9, 137.7, 142.9, 147.1, 151.4; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C26H29NO+H] 371.23 found 372.25.
    • Example 16—Compound 4f
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00112
  • Compound 4f was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product 4f as a yellow solid (76%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.22-1.42 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.43-2.54 (m, 1H, CH), 4.26 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.01 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.27-6.33 (m, 2H, CH), 6.35-6.40 (m, 1H, CH) 7.06-7.13 (m, 1H, CH), 7.19 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.28 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.31-7.45 (m, 5H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3)) 26.2, 26.5, 34.1, 44.1, 49.5, 70.1, 103.1, 106.8, 106.9, 114.1, 116.4, 127.3, 127.5, 127.6, 127.7, 128.5, 136.9, 137.7, 147.1; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C26H29NO+H] 371.23 found 372.28.
    • Example 17—Compound 4g
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00113
  • Compound 4g was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product 4g as a white solid (88%). δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.31-1.42 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.74-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.50 (m, 1H, CH), 4.94 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.31 (s, 4H, CH2), 7.01-7.14 (m, 4H, CH), 7.37-7.52 (m, 10H, CH), 7.81-7.86 (m, 2H, CH), 8.42 (s, 1H, CH)); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.1, 26.5, 34.1, 35.1, 49.1, 67.2, 68.1, 116.1, 118.5, 119.1, 126.1, 126.3, 127.1, 127.5, 127.9, 138.4, 138.7, 141.2, 144.3, 147.5, 161.4, 166.1; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C35H35NO4+H] 534.32 found 534.17.
    • Example 18—Compound 4h
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00114
  • Compound 4h was synthesized according to general procedure c, yielding the final product 4h as a yellow oil (78%). δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.24 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 6H, CH3), 1.34-1.45 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.43-2.54 (m, 1H, CH), 3.01 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.10 (s, 1H, CH), 3.16 (s, 1H, CH), 3.93-4.04 (m, 4H, CH2), 4.25 (m, 2H, CH2), 6.58 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.17 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.27 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 16.2, 16.3, 26.0, 26.8, 44.2, 48.0, 61.8, 61.9, 112.9, 113.0, 126.9, 127.5, 130.4, 130.5, 136.5, 147.0; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C24H34NO3P+H] 416.24 found 416.32.
    • Example 19—Compound 4i
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00115
  • Compound 4i was synthesized according to procedure d, yielding the final product 4i as white solid (89%). δ1, (400 MHz, d-MeOD3) 1.23-1.45 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.45-2.55 (m, 1H, CH), 4.31 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 2H, CH2), 4.71 (brs, 1H, NH), 6.55 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.20-7.28 (m, 4H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H, CH); & (100 MHz, d-C2D6CO) 113.1, 121.5, 126.6, 143.2, 154.3; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C20H23N5+H] 334.20 found 334.31.
    • Example 20—Compound 4j
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00116
  • Compound 4j was synthesized according to general procedure c, yielding the final product 4j as a yellow solid (85%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.21-1.47 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.72-1.92 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.45-2.57 (m, 1H, CH), 4.28 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 2H, CH2), 4.78 (brs, 1H, NH), 6.57 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.19-7.29 (m, 411, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz. d-CDCl3) 25.2, 26.1, 34.1, 43.2, 48.7, 113.5, 126.2, 127.5, 128.5, 136.9, 137.7, 145.1, 154.4; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C19H22F5N2O2+H] 311.16 found 311.21.
    • Example 21—Compound 4k
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00117
  • Compound 4k was synthesized according to general procedure c, yielding the final product 4k as a brown solid (81%). HH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.47 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.64-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.37-2.54 (m, 1H, CH), 3.91 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.32 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.79 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.01-7.14 (m, 4H, CH), 7.89 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.2, 26.1, 34.3, 43.6, 48.1, 51.8, 112.3, 122.1, 126.4, 128.1, 131.2, 137.3, 147.6, 152.4, 165.8; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C21H25NO2+Na] 346.18 found 345.88.
    • Example 22—Compound 4l
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00118
  • Compound 4l was synthesized according to general procedure c, yielding the final product 4l as a white solid (81%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.24-1.46 (m, 8H, CH2), 1.64-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.38-2.54 (m, 1H, CH), 4.31 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H, CH2), 4.32 (s, 2-1, CH2), 6.64 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.01-7.14 (m, 4H, CH), 7.86 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH); c (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 14.3, 25.4, 26.1, 34.5, 44.1, 48.1, 60.3, 112.3, 122.1, 126.4, 128.1, 131.8, 136.9, 147.6, 151.4, 166.8; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C22H27NO2+Na] 360.19 found 359.89.
    • Example 23—Compound 7a
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00119
  • Compound 7a was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product 7a as a yellow oil (81%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.33-1.41 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.85 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.84 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.47 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.76 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.38 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.43 (s, 1H, CH), 6.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, CH), 6.95 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.30-7.41 (m, 10H, CH), 7.85 (dd, J=8.0 and 1.2 Hz, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.1, 26.7, 34.3, 35.3, 44.2, 51.9, 52.7, 67.1, 70.7, 112.0, 114.1, 115.9, 119.8, 121.0, 127.1, 127.2, 128.1, 128.3, 128.5, 128.6, 128.7, 133.3, 133.4, 135.6, 135.7, 137.8, 141.6, 142.9, 144.2, 147.9, 158.7, 165.2, 165.8; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C43H39F5N2O6S+H] 807.84 found 807.79.
    • Example 24—Compound 7b
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00120
  • Compound 7b was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 7b as an orange solid (68%). δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.33-1.43 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.72-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.94 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.67 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.15 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.33 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.93-6.99 (m, 4H, CH), 7.06-7.12 (m, 2H, CH), 7.31-7.45 (m, 10H, CH), 7.53-7.56 (m, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.0, 26.7, 34.3, 35.8, 44.1, 52.3, 53.1, 67.1, 70.9, 34.4, 44.2, 48.6, 66.6, 72.2, 114.6, 121.9, 126.8, 127.1, 127.5, 127.9, 128.1, 128.3, 128.5, 128.6, 131.3, 132.3, 133.2, 133.4, 135.5, 135.7, 147.6, 157.9, 165.1, 166.3; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C43H39F5N2O6S+Na] 829.84 found 829.28.
    • Example 25—Compound 7c
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00121
  • Compound 7c was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 7c as a white solid (78%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.28-1.48 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.93 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.55 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.96 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.79 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.38 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.90 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10-7.16 (m, 4H, CH), 7.33-7.47 (m, 5H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.1, 26.8, 34.3, 35.8, 44.1, 52.2, 53.0, 66.9, 126.9, 128.2, 128.3, 128.4, 128.5, 128.6, 131.4, 133.1, 135.5, 147.8, 165.1, 165.7; LRMS (ES+) Caled for [C36H33F5N2O5S+H] 723.19 found 723.13.
    • Example 26—Compound 7d
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00122
  • Compound 7d was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 7d as a colorless oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.23-1.46 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.1 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.98 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.21 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.76 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.38 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.81-6.91 (m, 2H, CH), 6.98 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.32-7.47 (m, 5H, CH), 7.93-7.99 (m, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.9, 26.8, 34.2, 35.8, 44.2, 52.1, 52.9, 67.2, 106.5, 108.3, 116.9, 123.9, 127.2, 127.4, 127.7, 128.1, 128.4, 128.6, 132.7, 133.2, 135.1, 147.5, 162.9, 165.6; LRMS (ES+) Caled for [C36H32F6N2O5S+H] 718.19 found 719.32.
    • Example 27—Compound 7f
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00123
  • Compound 7f was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 7f as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.72-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 3.11 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.96 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.65 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.02 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.74-6.82 (m, 2H, CH), 6.89-6.93 (m, 1H, CH), 6.95 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.12 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.31-7.45 (m, 5H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.2, 25.9, 34.1, 35.3, 44.11, 51.2, 52.2, 71.3, 115.4, 123.5, 127.1, 128.1, 128.2, 128.9, 129.1, 132.5, 133.1, 136.1, 147.4, 157.8, 165.1; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C35H33F5N2O4S+Na] 695.21 found 696.30.
    • Example 28—Compound 7g
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00124
  • Compound 7g was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 7g as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.38-1.51 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.75-1.81 (m, 5H, Cl2), 2.43-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.11 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.91 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.69 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.31 (s, 4H, CH2), 7.13-7.18 (m, 4H, CH), 7.37-7.52 (m, 10H, CH), 7.79-7.85 (m, 2H, CH), 8.40 (s, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CD)C13) 26.3, 26.6, 34.5, 35.1, 35.6, 48.2, 49.3, 67.1, 68.4, 117.2, 118.1, 120.2, 126.3, 126.8, 127.3, 127.7, 127.9, 134.5, 138.1, 138.4, 140.3, 141.1, 144.5, 147.7, 165.1, 166.4, 166.9; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C44H39F5N2O7S+H] 835.61 found 836.17.
    • Example 29—Compound 7h
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00125
  • Compound 7h was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 7h as a white solid (91%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.46 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.93 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.40 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.43-2.53 (m, 1H, CH), 2.87 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.76 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.82 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.38 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.04 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.11 (s, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.26 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.32-7.43 (m, 5H, CH), 7.45 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.63 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 26.0, 26.8, 34.3, 35.7, 44.1, 51.5, 52.9, 66.9, 70.2, 126.9, 127.4, 128.2, 128.3, 128.6, 129.4, 129.4, 131.2, 133.5, 135.2, 135.6, 143.3, 144.9, 147.5, 165.3, 166.6 LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C37H40N2O5S+H] 625.27 found 625.31.
    • Example 30—Compound 7i
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00126
  • Compound 7i was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 7i as a white solid (80%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.28-1.46 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.93 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.45-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 2.86 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.76 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.82 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.38 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.82-6.93 (m, 2H, CH), 7.03 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.12 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.27 (s. J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.30-7.46 (m, 5H, CH), 7.63 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.93-7.98 (m, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 26.0, 26.7, 34.2, 35.8, 44.1, 51.6, 52.9, 67.2, 71.3, 126.9, 127.4, 128.1, 128.3, 128.4, 128.6, 129.4, 133.2, 135.1, 135.3, 143.3, 147.3 147.8, 163.1, 163.4, 166.6; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C37H31FN2O5S+H] 643.26 found 643.39.
    • Example 31—Compound 7j
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00127
  • Compound 7j was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 7j as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.21-1.41 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.88 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.30 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.40-2.48 (m, 1H, CH), 3.1 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.58 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.57 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.79 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.28 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.59 (dd, J=8.2 and 1.5 Hz, 1H, CH), 6.93 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.02 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.14-7.35 (m, 12H, CH), 7.52 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.75 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 25.9, 26.4, 34.2, 35.7, 44.1, 51.1, 52.3, 66.5, 70.4, 114.1, 119.9, 120.5, 126.8, 126.9, 127.3, 127.8, 128.0, 128.1, 128.4, 128.5, 128.7, 129.3, 133.0, 133.8, 135.2, 135.6, 135.7, 143.1, 144.9, 147.6, 158.6, 165.2, 166.6. LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C44H46N2O6S+H] 731.32 found 731.28.
    • Example 32—Compound 7k
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00128
  • Compound 7k was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.31-1.46 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.44-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 2.89 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.74 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.73 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.05 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.89 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.93 (s, J=8.8 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.05 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.27 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.31-7.45 (m, 5H, CH), 7.67 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 26.1, 26.8, 34.3, 35.7, 44.1, 51.3, 53.1, 70.2, 115.7, 126.7, 127.4, 128.1, 128.5, 128.7, 129.3, 129.4, 133.5, 134.2, 135.6, 136.2, 143.1, 147.3, 158.5, 167.2; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C36H40N2O4S+Hg/5] 597.28 found 597.34.
    • Example 33—Compound 8
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00129
  • Compound 8 was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 8 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.69-1.86 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.53 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.98 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.78 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.97 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.13 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.21 (d, J 8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 8.24 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.9, 26.6, 34.2, 35.8, 44.1, 52.2, 53.1, 125.2, 127.2, 128.4, 129.2, 132.5, 148.2, 146.9, 147.8, 165.6; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C28H26F5N3O5S+H] 612.5881 found 612.1582; HPLC (I) tR=31.615 min (100.0%), (II) tR=48.560 min (100.0%).
    • Example 34—Compound 9
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00130
  • Compound 9 was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 9 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.27-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.68-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.43-2.50 (m, 1H, CH), 2.83 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.76 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.86 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.04 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.11 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.21-7.29 (m, 4H, CH), 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 8.21 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 25.7, 26.6, 34.3, 35.8, 44.2, 52.1, 53.1, 124.9, 127.1, 127.4, 128.4, 128.9, 129.5, 133.1, 134.6, 143.4, 146.6, 146.9, 147.8, 166.6; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H33N3O5S+H] 536.6624 found 536.2222; HPLC (1) tR=28.939 min (100.0%), (II) tR=46.607 min (100.0%).
    • Example 35—Compound 10
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00131
  • Compound 10 was synthesized according to general procedure j, yielding the final product 10 as a colorless oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.25-1.43 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.88 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.78 (s, 2H, CH2), 3.96 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.63 (s, 2H, NH2), 6.59 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.71 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.97 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.9, 26.3, 34.1, 35.6, 44.2, 51.5, 53.2, 120.9, 126.2, 127.7, 129.1, 131.3, 135.1, 136.9, 147.1, 165.8; HRMS (EST) Calcd for [C28H28F5N3O3S+H] 582.6052 found 582.1859; HPLC (1) tR=20.503 min (94.4%), (II) tR=40.315 min (95.3%).
    • Example 36—Compound 11
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00132
  • Compound 11 was synthesized according to general procedure j, yielding the final product 11 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.25-1.45 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.40 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.42-2.53 (m, 1H, CH), 2.87 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.74 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.71 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.71 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.02-7.11 (m, 4H, CH), 7.25 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.65 (d, J=8.2-Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 26.1, 26.7, 34.3, 35.7, 44.1, 51.2, 53.1, 115.5, 126.6, 127.4, 128.8, 129.1, 129.3, 130.9, 134.4, 135.6, 143.0, 146.6, 147.1, 167.4; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H35N3O3S+H] 506.6794 found 506.2467; HPLC (I) tR=15.995 min (100.0%), (II) tR=36.789 min (100.0%).
    • Example 37—Compound 12
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00133
  • Compound 12 was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product 12 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.30-1.43 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.90 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.37-2.48 (m, 1H, CH), 3.01 (s, 3, CH3) 3.75 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.58 (s 2H, CH2), 6.79 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.84 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.99 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.43 (brs, 1H, NH), 7.59-7.71 (m, 2H, CH), 7.74-7.79 (m, 1H, CH), 7.86-7.95 (m, 3H, CH), 8.35-8.41 (m, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.0, 26.7, 34.2, 35.7, 44.0, 52.1, 52.9, 121.8, 122.0, 126.7, 127.7, 127.8, 128.4, 128.8, 129.1, 129.2, 129.5, 131.8, 133.2, 134.9, 135.5, 136.6, 137.1, 147.6, 165.9, FIRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C38H34F5N3O5S2+H]772.8236 found 772.1938; HPLC (I) tR=32.086 min (95.8%), (II) tR=47.265 min (96.9%).
    • Example 38—Compound 13
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00134
  • Compound 13 was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product 15 as a yellow oil. δH(400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.28-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.88 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.38-2.48 (m, 1H, CH), 3.01 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.72 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.55 (s. 2H, CH2), 6.72 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.82 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.98-7.06 (m, 4H, CH), 7.59-7.68 (m, 2H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, CH), 8.32 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, CH), 8.36 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H, CH), 8.61 (brs, 1H, NH), 9.12-9.16 (m, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.9, 26.7, 34.2, 35.7, 44.0, 52.1, 52.9, 122.4, 122.8, 125.6, 126.7, 128.28, 128.74, 128.82, 131.5, 133.2, 133.84, 135.1, 136.7, 137.3, 137.5, 142.9, 147.5, 151.2, 166.0; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C37H33F5N4O5S2+H] 773.8117 found 773.1871; HPLC (I) tR=29.764 min (95.6%), (II) tR=47.224 min (97.8%).
    • Example 39—Compound 14
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00135
  • Compound 14 was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product 13 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.48 (m, SH, CH2), 1.69-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.05 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.94 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.68 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.93-7.02 (m, 4H, CH), 7.10 (d, 2H, J=7.7 Hz, CH), 7.21 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.41 (brs, 1H, NH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.0, 26.7, 34.3, 35.8, 39.7, 44.10, 52.20, 53.09, 120.7, 126.9, 128.4, 129.5, 133.3, 136.4, 137.5, 147.6, 166.1; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H30F5N3O5S2+H] 660.6956 found 660.1634; HPLC (I) tR=26.394 min (95.55%), (II) tR=44.372 min (94.33%).
    • Example 40—Compound 15
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00136
  • Compound 15 was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product 14 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.30-1.47 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.94 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.53 (m, 1H, CH), 3.07 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.70 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.86 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.62 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.85 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.94 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.34 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.41 (s, 1H, CH), 7.56 (s, 1H, CH), 10.23 (s, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.0, 26.7, 34.1, 34.3, 35.8, 44.0, 52.1, 53.0, 122.3, 124.9, 126.8, 128.2, 128.8, 133.4, 136.3, 137.8, 138.7, 139.3, 147.5, 166.2; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C32H32F5N5O5S2+H] 726.1843 found 726.1821; HPLC (1) tR=23.409 min (94.7%), (II) tR=42.488 min (94.9%).
    • Example 41—Compound 16
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00137
  • Compound 16 was synthesized according to general procedure d, yielding the final product X as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.28-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.50 (m, 1H, CH), 3.06 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.92 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.68 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.10 (brs, 2H, NH2) 6.94-7.01 (m, 4H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.19 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.9, 26.7, 34.3, 35.7, 44.1, 52.2, 53.2, 121.0, 126.9, 128.4, 129.2, 133.3, 136.3, 137.6, 147.6, 166.3; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C28H29F5N4O5S2+II] 661.6836 found 661.1575; HPLC (I) tR=23.259 min (90.9%), (II) tR=42.445 min (91.4%).
    • Example 42—Compound 17
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00138
  • Compound 17 was synthesized according to general procedure k, yielding the final product 17 as a colorless oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.32-1.46 (m, 8H, CH2 and CH3), 1.69-1.90 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.94 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.41 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H, CH2), 4.70 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.92-7.02 (m, 4H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.67 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 9.02 (brs, 1H, NH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 13.9, 26.1, 26.8, 34.3, 35.9, 44.1, 52.2, 53.1, 63.8, 121.0, 126.9, 128.6, 129.1, 133.4, 136.7, 136.8, 147.7, 154.0, 160.6, 166.2; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C32H32F5N3O6S+H] 682.6779 found 682.1994; HPLC (I) tR=28.867 min (93.7%), (II) 46.469 min (95.6%).
    • Example 43—Compound 18
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00139
  • Compound 18 was synthesized according to general procedure g, yielding the final product 18 as a colorless oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.23-1.41 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.42 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.69-1.86 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.40 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.42-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 2.85 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.72 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.41 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H, CH2), 4.75 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.95-7.05 (m, 4H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.24 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.58-7.67 (m, 4H, CH), 9.01 (s, 1H, NH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 13.8, 21.4, 26.1, 26.7, 34.2, 35.6, 44.1, 51.4, 53.1, 63.7, 120.9, 126.7, 128.7, 129.2, 129.4, 133.9, 135.2, 136.4, 137.3, 143.2, 147.4, 154.1, 160.6, 166.7, 167.4; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C33H39N3O6S+H] 606.7522 found 606.2635; HPLC (I) tR=25.724 min (100.0%), (II) tR=44.185 min (100.0%).
    • Example 44—Compound 19a
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00140
  • Compound 19a was synthesized according to general procedure m, yielding the final product 19a as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.27-1.45 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.69-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.53 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.89 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.71 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.01 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.90-7.10 (m, 4H, CH), 7.11-7.15 (m, 2H, CH), 7.33-7.45 (m, 5H, CH), 7.63-7.70 (m, 1H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, CH), 8.72-8.91 (brs, 1H, NH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.9, 26.7, 34.2, 35.8, 44.1, 52.2, 53.0, 78.4 126.9, 128.4, 128.5, 128.6, 128.9, 129.1, 130.9, 131.8, 132.9, 148.0, 158.9, 159.9, 161.2, 166.7; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C36H34N3F5N3O5S+Na] 738.20 found 738.15.
    • Example 45—Compound 19b
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00141
  • Compound 19b was synthesized according to general procedure m, yielding the final product 19b as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.28-1.45 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.69-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41 (s, 3H, CH1), 2.42-2.50 (m, 1H, CH), 2.83 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.68 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.77 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.03 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.97-7.11 (m, 6H, CH), 7.22-7.30 (m, 2H, CH), 7.33-7.48 (m, 5H, CH), 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.65-7.71 (m, 2H, CH), 8.72-8.91 (brs, 1H, NH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 25.9, 26.7, 34.3, 35.7, 44.1, 51.5, 52.9, 59.1, 117.1, 126.9, 127.4, 128.1, 128.5, 128.6, 128.7, 129.2, 129.4, 133.5, 135.1, 143.3, 147.6, 158.9, 159.9, 161.2, 166.7; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C37H41N3O5S+Na] 640.28 found 640.41.
    • Example 46—Compound 20
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00142
  • Compound 20 was synthesized according to general procedure i, yielding the final product 20 as a viscous orange oil (74%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.23 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 6H, CH3), 1.27-1.47 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.87 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.4-2.5 (m, 1H, CH), 3.08 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.10 (s, 1H, CH), 3.16 (s, 1H, CH), 3.92 (s, 2H, CH2), 3.95-4.07 (m, 4H, CH2), 4.73 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.98 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.03 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.31-7.37 (m, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 15.1, 15.2, 25.7, 26.4, 34.1, 44.1, 51.5, 52.5, 62.3, 62.5, 126.4, 128.1, 128.2, 131.1, 131.2, 133.7, 138.9, 147.1, 166.7; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C33H38F5N2O6PS+H] 717.7033 found 717.2198; HPLC (I) tR=29.18 min (96.1%), (II) tR=41.38 min (95.1%).
    • Example 47—Compound 21
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00143
  • Compound 21 was synthesized according to general procedure n, yielding the final product 21 as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.27-1.42 (m, 5H, CH2). 1.70-1.87 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.40-2.50 (m, 1H, CH), 3.03 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.10 (s, 2H, CH2), 3.90 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.65 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.89-7.05 (m, 4H, CH), 7.11 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.20-7.31 (m, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-(CD3)2SO) 25.7, 26.4, 34.1, 35.5, 43.5, 44.1, 51.5, 53.4, 126.4, 128.1, 128.2, 131.1, 131.2, 133.7, 138.9, 147.1, 166.7; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H30F5N2O6PS+H]661.5970 found 661.1566; HPLC (I) tR=17.489 min (97.9%), (II) tR=38.028 min (100.0%).
    • Example 48—Compound 22
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00144
  • Compound 22 was synthesized according to general procedure o, yielding the final product 22 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.32-1.48 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.88 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.32 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.43-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.00 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.76 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.82 (s, 1H, CH), 6.93-7.02 (m, 3H, CH), 7.12 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-(CD3)2SO) 20.5, 26.0, 26.4, 33.6, 36.3, 44.3, 52.1, 53.4, 118.4, 120.0, 120.1, 123.0, 123.1, 125.6, 130.8, 139.2, 158.8, 159.0, 168.0; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C31H29F5N2O7S+H] 669.1691 found 669.1701; HPLC (I) tR=24.679 min (93.9%), (II) tR=43.441 min (93.3%).
    • Example 49—Compound 23
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00145
  • Compound 23 was synthesized according to general procedure o, yielding the final product 23 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.24-1.47 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.32 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.40 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.43-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 2.83 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.77 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.85 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.87 (s, 1H, CH), 7.03 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz, CH), 7.11 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.13 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H, CH), 7.27 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-(CD3)2SO) 20.9, 25.8, 26.2, 29.5, 33.6, 36.3, 44.3, 52.1, 53.4, 118.4, 120.1, 120.5, 123.0, 123.1, 125.6, 130.8, 134.9, 139.2, 142.5, 147.1, 158.8, 159.0, 168.0, 169.2; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C32H31N2O7S+H] 593.7104 found 593.2316; HPLC (I) tR=22.090 min (94.8%), (II) tR=41.402 min (96.3%).
    • Example 50—Compound 24
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00146
  • Compound 24 was synthesized according to procedure p, yielding the final product 24 as white powder (74%). δH (400 MHz, d-MeOD3) 4.34 (brs, 2H, NH2), 6.51 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.71 (s, J=8.9 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-C2D6CO) 113.4, 121.6, 126.8, 143.1, 154.2; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C7H7N5+H] 161.07 found 162.16.
    • Example 51—Compound 25a
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00147
  • Compound 25a was synthesized according to general procedure q, yielding the final product 25a as a brown solid (91%). δHt (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 3.83 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.90-3.95 (brs, 2H, CH2), 6.61 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.84 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 51.6, 114.1, 120.1, 131.5, 151.2, 167.4; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C8H9NO2+H] 152.07 found 152.04.
    • Example 52—Compound 25b
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00148
  • Compound 25b was synthesized according to general procedure q, yielding the final product 25b as a brown solid (87%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.34 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H, CH3), 3.95-4.02 (brs, 2H, NH2), 4.31 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H, CH2), 6.63 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.86 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 14.5, 60.2, 114.1, 120.2, 131.5, 152.1, 167.9; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C9H11NO2+H] 166.09 found 166.1.
    • Example 53—Compound 26
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00149
  • Compound 26 was synthesized according to general procedure r, yielding the final product 26 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.27-1.46 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.69-1.92 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.14 (s, 3H, CH), 2.42-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.94 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.74 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.98 (s, 2H, CH), 6.95 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.05-7.15 (m, 4H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 20.6, 26.0, 26.7, 34.2, 35.8, 44.1, 52.2, 53.0, 79.6, 126.9, 127.8, 128.0, 128.2, 128.4, 131.7, 132.9, 147.8, 164.0, 165.7, 169.4; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C32H31F5N2O7S+H] 683.6627 found 683.1877; HPLC (I) tR=30.783 min (97.3%), (II) tR=47.872 min (100.0%)
    • Example 54—Compound 27
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00150
  • Compound 27 was synthesized according to general procedure r, yielding the final product 27 as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.23 (s, 9H, CH3), 1.34-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.94 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.74 (s, 2H, CH2), 5.99 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.96 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.06-7.13 (m, 4H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.0, 26.6, 26.7, 34.2, 35.8, 38.7, 44.1, 52.2, 53.0, 80.0; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C35H37F5N2O7S+H] 725.7424 found 725.2339; HPLC (I) tR=35.701 min (96.2%), (II) tR=52.017 min (99.5%)
    • Example 55—Compound 28
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00151
  • Compound 28 was synthesized according to general procedure g, yielding the final product 28 as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-(CD3)2SO) 1.25-1.40 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.62-1.80 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.37-2.55 (m, 1H, CH), 2.97 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.97 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.67 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.98 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.03-7.13 (m, 4H, CH), 7.83 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 10.54 (brs, 1H, NH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDC3) 26.1, 26.7, 34.2, 35.9, 44.2, 52.4, 53.3, 121.0, 126.9, 128.6, 129.1, 133.4, 136.7, 136.8, 147.7, 154.2, 160.5, 166.1; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C30H25F5N3O6S+H] 653.1619 found 654.1691; HPLC (I) tR=23.256 min (92.9%), (II) tR=42.389 min (90.7%).
    • Example 56—Compound 29
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00152
  • Compound 29 was synthesized according to general procedure 1, yielding the final product 29 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.28-1.53 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.72-1.95 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.58 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.01 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.71 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.75 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.82 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.01 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.13 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.36 (brs, 1H, OH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.0, 26.8, 34.3, 35.8, 44.1, 52.2, 53.4, 116.5, 126.8, 128.5, 129.1, 131.8, 133.3, 147.6, 156.7, 167.2; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C28H27N5O4S+H] 583.5899 found 583.1702; HPLC (I) tR=27.039 min (99.7%), (II) tR=45.289 min (99.98%).
    • Example 57—Compound 30
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00153
  • Compound 30 was synthesized according to general procedure 1, yielding the final product 30 as a white solid (77%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDC3) 1.28-1.45 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.93 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.53 (m, 1H, CH), 3.08 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.02 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.70 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.39 (brs, 1H, OH), 6.51 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 6.79 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, CH), 7.01 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.13-7.21 (m, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.1, 26.8, 34.4, 35.9, 44.2, 52.2, 53.2, 115.1, 116.0, 119.9, 126.9, 128.5, 130.9, 133.5, 141.2, 147.7, 157.3, 166.5; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C28H37FN2O4S+H] 538.5899 found 583.1703; HPLC (I) tR=26.890 min (98.1%), (II) tR=45.172 min (100.0%).
    • Example 58—Compound 31
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00154
  • Compound 31 was synthesized according to general procedure l, yielding the final product 3l as a yellow oil. δSH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.30-1.46 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.88 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.97 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.76 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.97 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.06-7.15 (d, 4H, CH), 8.11 (d. J=8.4 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.0, 26.8, 34.3, 35.9, 44.1, 52.3, 53.2, 127.1, 128.4, 128.5, 129.9, 131.9, 132.9, 147.9, 166.0, 170.6, 177.6; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H27F5N2O5S+H] 611.6000 found 611.1642; HPLC (I) tR=26.244 min (100.0%), (II) tR=44.532 min (100.0%).
    • Example 59—Compound 32
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00155
    • 4-(N-(4-cyclohexylbenzyl)-2-(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluoro-N-methylphenylsulfonamido)acetamido)-N-hydroxybenzamide
  • Compound 32 was synthesized according to general procedure l, yielding the final product 32 as an orange solid. δH (400 MHz, d-MeOD) 1.27-1.43 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.87 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.01 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.78 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.98-7.01 (m, 2H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.15-7.23 (m, 2H, CH), 7.72-7.81 (m, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-MeOD) 25.7, 26.4, 34.12, 34.8, 44.1, 51.4, 52.4, 126.5, 128.1, 128.3, 133.5, 136.7, 136.8, 147.7, 154.2, 165.4, 166.6; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H28F5N3O5S+H]626.6147 found 626.1742; HPLC (I) tR=22.843 min (97.9%), (II) tR=44.120 min (97.2%).
    • Example 60—Compound 33
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00156
  • Compound 33 was synthesized according to general procedure l, yielding the final product 33 as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.48 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.91 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.54 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.03 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.77 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.84-6.96 (m, 2H, CH), 6.99 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.13 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 8.03 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H, CH), 9.42 (brs, 1H, OH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.0, 26.8, 34.3, 35.9, 44.2, 52.3, 53.2, 127.3, 128.3, 132.7, 134.2, 148.2, 161.4, 164.0, 165.9, 167.8, 177.5; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H26F5N2O5S+H] 629.5905 found 629.629.1545; HPLC (I) tR=25.136 min (97.8%), (II) tR=43.841 min (97.8%).
    • Example 61—Compound 34
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00157
  • Compound 34 was synthesized according to general procedure h. yielding the final product 34 as a white solid (84%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.28-1.45 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.69-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.40-2.53 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.93 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.76 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.97 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10-7.18 (m, 4H, CH), 7.65 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.0, 26.7, 34.3, 35.7, 44.0, 52.0, 52.9, 61.8, 112.2, 117.6, 127.1, 128.3, 129.1, 132.9, 133.7, 147.9, 165.8; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H26F5N3O3S+H] 592.6000 found 592.1707; HPLC (I) tR=29.752 min (100.0%), (II) tR=47.312 min (99.78%).
    • Example 62—Compound 35
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00158
  • Compound 35 was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 35 as a white powder (82%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.25-1.41 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.64-1.84 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.38-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.96 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.75 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.97 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.05-7.18 (m, 4H, CH), 8.03-8.10 (m, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.1, 26.7, 34.3, 35.9, 44.1, 52.3, 53.4, 115.4, 127.1, 128.5, 129.1, 132.9, 142.3, 147.9, 157.1, 166.6; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H27N6O3S+H] 635.6280 found 635.1858; HPLC (I) tR=24.461 min (99.7%), (II) tR=43.295 min (99.3%).
    • Example 63—Compound 36
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00159
  • Compound 36 was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 36 as a while solid. δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.28-1.45 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.93 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.53 (m, 1H, CH). 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.95 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.72 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.96-7.03 (m, 4H, CH), 7.11 (d. J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.34-7.41 (m, 311H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 26.1, 26.8, 34.4, 35.8, 44.2, 52.3, 53.2, 126.9, 128.2, 128.5, 128.8, 130.1, 133.6, 140.2, 147.6, 166.2; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C28H27F5N2O3S+H] 567.5905 found 567.1752; HPLC (I) tR=22.657 min (99.6%), (II) tR=49.267 min (98.9%).
    • Example 64—Compound 37
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00160
  • Compound 37 was synthesized according to general procedure 1, yielding the final product 37 as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-(CD3)2SO) 1.21-1.42 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.64-1.79 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.40-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 3.01 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.97 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.77 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.01 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.12 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.84-7.89 (m, 2H, CH), 8.41 (s, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-(CD3)2SO) 25.8, 26.8, 34.2, 35.8, 43.7, 52.5, 53.1, 127.2, 128.5, 130.1, 133.3, 133.5, 134.1, 140.4, 141.1, 147.1, 166.1, 166.4; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C30H27F5N2O7S+H] 655.6095 found 655.1537; HPLC (I) tR=18.18 min (93.4%), (II) tR=35.28 min (94.5%).
    • Example 65—Compound 38
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00161
  • Compound 38 was synthesized according to general procedure 1, yielding the final product 38 as a colorless oil. δH (400 MHz, d-(CD3)2SO) 1.26-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.87 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.50 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.94 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.68 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.01 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.12 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.84-7.89 (m, 2H, CH), 8.41 (s, 1H, CH), 10.94 (brs, 1H, OH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.8, 26.8, 34.2, 35.8, 43.7, 52.5, 53.1, 127.2, 128.5, 130.1, 133.3, 133.5, 134.1, 140.4, 141.1, 147.1, 166.1, 166.4; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H27F5N2O6S+H] 627.5994 found 627.1588; HPLC (I) tR=26.235 min (99.4%), (II) tR=44.654 min (96.4%).
    • Example 66—Compound 39
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00162
  • Compound 39 was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 39 as a white solid (74%). δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.49 (m, 5H, CH2). 1.66-1.93 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.37-2.54 (m, 1H, CH), 3.07 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.90 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.94 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.73 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.95 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.01-7.14 (m, 4H, CH), 8.02 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.1, 26.7, 34.2, 35.8, 44.0, 48.5, 51.8, 53.5, 126.8, 128.1, 128.4, 131.2, 133.2, 147.6, 152.4, 165.1, 166.3, 165.8; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C30H29F5N2O5S+H] 625.6266 found 625.1784; HPLC (I) tR=32.188 min (99.6%), (II) tR=49.208 min (99.6%).
    • Example 67—Compound 40
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00163
  • Compound 40 was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 40 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.32-1.46 (m, 8H, CH2 and CH3), 1.70-1.86 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.52 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.94 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.39 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H, CH2), 4.73 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.96 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.1 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 14.1, 26.0, 26.7, 34.2, 35.8, 44.0, 52.2, 53.0, 61.3, 126.9, 128.2, 128.4, 131.3, 133.1, 147.8, 152.6, 165.3, 165.7, 165.8; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C31H31F5N2O5S+H] 639.6532 found 639.1956; HPLC (I) tR=33.512 min (100.0%), (II) tR=50.144 min (100.0%).
    • Example 68—Compound 41
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00164
  • Compound 41 was synthesized according to general procedure h, yielding the final product 41 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-(CD3)2SO) 1.22-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.64-1.82 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41-2.50 (m, 1H, CH), 3.01 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.98 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.10 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.69 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.00 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.05-7.18 (m, 4H, CH), 7.60 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 20.7, 26.7, 31.6, 34.2, 36.7, 44.1, 52.1, 53.1, 97.8, 121.4, 126.9, 128.4, 128.7, 133.3, 137.8, 147.6, 163.1, 166.2, 176.9; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C31H30F5N7O4S+H] 692.6794 found 692.2072; HPLC (I) tR=21.636 min (97.6%), (II) tR=9.452 min (99.12%).
    • Example 69—Compound 42
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00165
  • Compound 42 was synthesized according to general procedure l, yielding the final product 43 as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.25-1.41 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.44-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 2.86 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.77 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.83 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.04 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.10-7.16 (m, 4H, CH), 7.27 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.63 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH), 8.10 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 25.9, 26.8, 29.5, 34.3, 35.8, 44.1, 53.1, 126.8, 127.4, 129.3, 129.6, 131.6, 133.5, 135.2, 137.5 143.3, 145.1, 146.5, 147.1, 166.7, 169.4; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C30H34N2O5S+H] 535.6743 found 535.2259; HPLC (I) tR=20.701 min (100.0%), (II) tR=40.495 min (100.0%).
    • Example 70—Compound 43
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00166
  • Compound 43 was synthesized according to general procedure 1, yielding the final product 44 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-(CDCl3) 1.26-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.41 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.42-2.54 (m, 1H, CH), 2.85 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.81 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.84 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.85-6.98 (m, 2H, CH), 7.05 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.12 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.3 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.63 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.96-8.03 (m, 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 25.8, 26.7, 34.3, 35.7, 44.1, 51.8, 53.1, 127.1, 127.5, 129.5, 132.7, 133.1, 134.2, 134.9, 136.8, 137.1, 148.2, 161.4, 164.0, 165.9, 167.8. HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C30H33FN2O5S+H] 553.6648 found 553.2158; HPLC (I) tR==20.972 min (97.1%), (II) tR=40.669 min (94.40%).
    • Example 71—Compound 44
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00167
  • Compound 44 was synthesized according to general procedure l. yielding the final product 45 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.46 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.70-1.87 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.39 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.42-2.50 (m, 1H, CH), 2.81 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.63 (s, 1H, NH), 3.70 (brs, 1H, OH), 3.89 (s, 2H, Cl2), 4.85 (s, 2H, CH2), 7.03-7.14 (m, 4H, CH), 7.18-7.24 (m, 2H, CH), 7.31 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.53 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.75 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 25.9, 26.7, 29.6, 34.3, 35.8, 44.1, 51.4, 53.1, 119.8, 126.9, 127.4, 128.1, 129.2, 132.5, 134.3 135.3, 143.2, 147.3, 163.1, 167.6; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C30H35N3O5S+H] 550.6889 found 550.2370; HPLC (I) tR=14.977 min (96.5%), (II) tR=37.687 min (97.2%).
    • Example 72—Compound 45
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00168
  • Compound 45 was synthesized according to general procedure 1, yielding the final product 46 as a yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.28-1.44 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.39 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.42-2.50 (m, 1H, CH), 2.86 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.74 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.73 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.36 (brs, 1H, OH), 6.76-6.83 (m, 4H, CH), 7.04 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.1 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.25 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.64 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH): δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 21.4, 25.8, 26.5, 34.3, 35.8, 44.1, 51.4, 53.1, 116.3, 126.6, 127.4, 128.7, 129.3, 132.7, 134.0, 135.3, 143.2, 147.3, 156.1, 167.6; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H34N2O4S+H]507.6642 found 507.2312; HPLC (I) tR=21.567 min (100.0%), (II) tR=41.184 min (100.0%).
    • Example 73—Compound 46
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00169
  • Compound 46 was synthesized according to general procedure g, yielding the final product 47 as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.24-1.41 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.86 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.45 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.41-2.53 (m, 1H, CH), 2.87 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.71 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.77 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.98-7.01 (m, 4H, CH), 7.12 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.31 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.53-7.59 (m, 4H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d-CDCl3) 25.9, 26.2, 34.1, 35.3, 44.2, 51.6, 53.4, 63.6, 121.1, 126.5, 128.2, 129.1, 129.7, 133.1, 135.5, 136.8, 137.4, 143.1, 147.2, 154.4, 161.2, 165.9, 167.1; HRMS (ES+) Caled for [C31H35N3O6S+H] 578.6990 found 578.2319; HPLC (I) tR=19.967 min (100.0%), (II) tR=39.811 min (97.9%).
    • Example 74—Compound 47
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00170
  • Compound 47 was synthesized according to general procedure l, yielding the final product 42 as a colorless oil. δH (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 1.33-1.41 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.68-1.85 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42-2.51 (m, 1H, CH), 3.10 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.13 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.76 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.75 (dd, J=8.4 and 2.0 Hz, 1H, CH), 6.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.12 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.81 (d, J=8.4 1H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d6-DMSO) 25.3, 26.1, 34.7, 35.5, 44.1, 51.3, 51.7, 115.7, 118.4, 118.9, 125.9, 127.4, 131.3, 133.8, 145.9, 146.2, 161.4, 165.2, 171.2; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H27F5N2O6S+H] 627.15, found 627.15.
    • Example 75—Compound 48
  • Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00171
  • Compound 48 was synthesized according to general procedure l, yielding the final product 48 as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, d-CDCl3) 1.26-1.45 (m, 5H, CH2), 1.71-1.89 (m, 5H, CH2), 2.42 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.43-2.51 (m, III. CH), 2.88 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.86 (s, 2H, CH2), 4.81 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, CH), 6.68-6.72 (m, 1H, CH), 7.10 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.12 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.27 (d, J=8.4, 1H, CH), 7.66 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH), 7.87 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, CH); δC (100 MHz, d6-CDCl3) 21.3, 25.3, 26.5, 34.1, 36.2, 42.1, 43.4, 51.3, 52.0, 112.8, 116.3, 118.8, 126.8, 127.1, 127.6, 131.0, 134.3, 141.2, 146.7, 147.1, 161.8, 167.0, 171.5; LRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C29H27F5N2O6S+H] 627.1582, found 627.1551; HRMS (ES+) Calcd for [C30H34N2O6S+H] 551.2223 found 551.2210; HPLC (I) tR=24.351 min (98.1%), (II) tR=52.80 min (98.2%).
    • Example 76—Kinase and GPCR Screenings
  • Test compound was evaluated at a single dose of 5 μM in duplicate mode. Control compound was tested in a 10-dose IC50 with 3-fold serial dilution starting at 20 μM. Reactions were carried out at 10 μM ATP.
  • Preliminary screen against AKT, c-Src, ERK1, JaK1 and JaK2 was performed at Reaction Biology Corporation (www.reactionbiology.com, Malvern, Pa.) using the “HotSpot” assay platform. Specific kinase/substrate pairs along with their required cofactors were prepared in reaction buffer; 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EGTA. 0.02% Brij35, 0.02 mg/ml BSA, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 2 mM DTT, 1% DMSO. The screen was completed in duplicate at a single concentration of 5 μM. The reaction well with the subject compound was treated with a mixture of ATP (Sigma, St. Louis Mo.) and 33P ATP (Perkin Elmer, Waltham Mass.) to a final concentration of 10 μM. Control compound (Staurosporine) was tested in a 10-dose IC50 with 3-fold serial dilution starting at 20 μM. Reaction wells were kept at room temperature for 120 minutes, followed by spotting each of the reactions onto P81 ion exchange filter paper (Whatman Inc., Piscataway, N.J.). Any unbound phosphate was removed through extensive washing of filters using 0.75% phosphoric acid. Background was subtracted using control reactions and the kinase activity data was expressed as the percent remaining kinase activity in test samples compared to vehicle (dimethyl sulfoxide) reactions. All IC50 values (table 3) and curve fitting were produced using Prism (GraphPad Software) (FIG. 5).
  • TABLE 3
    % Enzyme activity of the compounds relative to DMSO (control)
    SH-05-19 SH-04-54 SH-05-07 IC50 (M)
    Kinases Cpd. dose (uM) DMSO Data 1 Data 2 Data 1 Data 2 Data 1 Data 2 Staurosporine
    AKT1
    5 98.87 90.56 87.91 92.08 97.52 94.62 92.09 2.08E−09
    ERK1 5 98.72 119.01 126.49 110.67 105.13 109.56 106.21 8.96E−07
    c-Src 5 98.34 41.63 39.16 50.83 46.67 58.27 54.21 <1.00E−9
    JAK1 5 101.87 98.34 97.79 100.56 97.78 100.60 97.99 <1.00E−9
    JAK2 5 106.37 46.12 47.70 62.01 59.06 67.07 61.26 <1.00E−9
  • Second screen against 101 selected kinases was performed. The test compound was evaluated at a single dose of 500 nM. Kinase-tagged T7 phage strains were grown in parallel in 24-well blocks in an E. coli host derived from the BL21 strain. E. coli were grown to the log-phase and were then infected with T7 phage from a frozen stock (multiplicity of infection=0.4) and incubated at 32° C. with shaking until lysis (90-150 minutes). Lysates were centrifuged (6,000×g) and filtered (0.2 μm) to remove any cell debris. The remaining kinases were produced in HEK-293 cells and were then tagged with DNA for easy quantitative PCR (qPCR) detection. Magnetic beads coated with Streptavidin were treated with biotinylated small molecule ligands for 30 minutes at room temperature to generate the affinity resins for needed kinase assays. The liganded beads were blocked with excess biotin and washed with blocking buffer (SeaBlock (Pierce), 1% BSA, 0.05 % Tween 20, 1 mM DTT) in order to remove unbound ligand and to also reduce non-specific phage binding. Binding reactions were assembled by combining kinases, liganded affinity beads, and 31 in 1× binding buffer (20% SeaBlock, 0.17×PBS, 0.05 % Tween 20, 6 mM DTT). Compound 31 was prepared as 40× stocks in 100% DMSO and was directly diluted into the assay. All reactions were performed in polypropylene 384-well plates in a final volume of 40 μL. The assay plates were shacked at room temperature for 1 hour and the affinity beads were washed with wash buffer (1×PBS, 0.05% Tween 20). Following the wash, beads were re-suspended in elution buffer (1×PBS, 0.05% Tween 20, 0.5 μM non-biotinylated affinity ligand) and incubated at room temperature with shaking for 30 minutes. Kinase concentration in eluates was measured by qPCR (FIG. 6).
  • Cytotoxicity Studies
  • BTSC spheres were dissociated to single cells with the enzyme Accumax (Innovative Technologies), seeded at 1500 cells/96-well and treated with drug or vehicle (DMSO) one day after plating. Cytotoxicity studies were repeated independently at Sickkids Hospital using BTSC lines 25M, 67EF, 73EF, 84EF and 127EF. BTSC spheres were dissociated to single cells as above and plated in 96 well plates in triplicate at 3000 cells/96-well. In both sets of experiments drugs were used as serial dilutions within the range of 5 uM to 100 nM in the first set and 25 uM to 10 nM. Cell viability following drug treatment was assessed three days later using the alamarBlue™ assay (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's instructions. All culture experiments were performed in triplicate with a minimum of three wells per condition. Table 4 below illustrates a screen of the library against a number of BTSCs using Alamar Blue™ assay.
  • TABLE 4
    screen of the library against a number of BTSCs using alamarBlue ™ assay
    Cell line
    30M 68EF 73M 147EF
    Drugs IC50 (μM) IC50 Std. Error IC50 (μM) IC50 Std. Error IC50 (μM) IC50 Std. Error IC50 (μM) IC50 Std. Error
    8 0.5219 +/−0.014 0.5896 +/−0.020 1.103 +/−0.012 0.6689 +/−0.015
    9 no effect — no effect no effect — no effect —
    10 1.3261 +/−008 1.723 +/−0.013 1.806 +/−0.019 1.456 +/−0.013
    11 no effect — no effect — no effect — no effect —
    12 no effect — — — no effect — — —
    13 no effect — — — no effect — — —
    14 0.7175 +/−0.013 0.8064 +/−0.011 1.809 +/−0.006 — —
    15 0.6073 +/−0.007 — — — — — —
    16 0.9503 +/−0.016 0.839 +/−0.009 2.036 +/−0.007 — —
    17 0.6936 +/−0.014 0.6312 +/−0.006 1.24 +/−0.008 — —
    18 no ffect — 4.832E−13 +/−5.6 no effect — 3.585 +/−0.0095
    20 0.6638 +/−0.012 no effect — 1.824 +/−0.009 — —
    21 — — — — no effect — — —
    22 0.526 +/−0.013 0.8909 +/−0.012 1.45 +/−0.016 0.7755 +/−0.010
    23 no effect — no effect — no effect — no effect —
    26 1.948 +/−0.046 — — 4.336 +/−0.004 — —
    27 no effect — no effect — — — — —
    28 no effect — 3.784E−07 +/−1.31 no effect — no effect —
    29 0.9409 +/−0.005 1.091 +/−0.013 — — — —
    30 0.7759 +/−0.016 — — 2.841 +/−0.013 — —
    31 0.4325 +/−0.022 0.5315 +/−0.070 1.031 +/−0.031 0.3146 +/−0.027
    32 1.136 +/−0.009 ~1.006 +/−0.010 1.52 +/−3.4 0.5883 +/−0.013
    33 0.7236 +/−0.013 1.46 +/−0.027 1.227 +/−0.008 0.9347 +/−0.013
    34 2.227 +/−0.030 — — no effect — — —
    35 no effect — no effect — 2.766 +/−0.009 — —
    36 — — — — no effect — — —
    37 no effect — — — no effect — — —
    38 2.072 +/−0.006 3.046 +/−0.042 2.553 +/−0.030 — —
    39 1.094 +/−0.005 0.6073 +/−0.007 3.315 +/−0.017 — —
    40 — — — — no effect — — —
    41 — — — — 3.497 +/−0.027 — —
    42 no effect — — — no effect — — —
    43 no effect — no effect — no effect — no effect —
    44 no effect — 1.74 +/−0.035 no effect — 2.453 +/−0.017
    45 no effect — no effect — no effect — no effect —
    46 no effect — — — no effect — no effect —
  • When IC50 was evaluated in tests conducted side-by-side with compound 1 of the prior art and compounds 22 and 31-33, the results are conclusive. The compounds of the present invention have a better IC50 than compound 1 (see Table 5 below)
  • TABLE 5
    Compound IC50 (nM) in BTSC 30M
    1 1.32 ± 0.04
    22 0.526 ± 0.013
    31 0.4325 ± 0.022 
    32 1.136 ± 0.009
    33 0.7236 ± 0.013 
  • Western Blotting
  • BTSC spheres were lysed in modified RIPA buffer supplemented with Complete Mini protease (Roche) and Halt phosphatase (Thermo Scientific) inhibitor cocktails. For protein analysis following drug treatment, BTSC spheres were dissociated to single cells and 1×106 cells were treated with drug or vehicle (DMSO) for 2, 24 or 72 hours. 15 μg of protein were loaded on 7.5% or 10% SDS-PAGE gels and transblotted to nitrocellulose membranes. Blots were stained with the following antibodies: phospho-STAT3 Y705 (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology), phospho-STAT3 S727 (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology), STAT3 (1:1000, Santa Cruz Biotechnology), Bcl-xL (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology), cyclin D1 (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology) PARP (1:1000, Cell Signalling Technology) and Actin (1:2500, Santa Cruz Biotechnology). HRP conjugated secondary antibodies, goat anti-rabbit (Cell Signalling Technology) were used at 1:2000 and donkey anti-mouse, donkey anti-goat, and goat anti-rabbit, (Calbiochem) were used at 1:6000. Bands were visualized with the ECL Plus Western Blotting Detection System and Hyperfilm (Amersham).
  • Brain Tumor Sphere Culture
  • GBM BTSCs were cultured from a series of tumor specimens obtained following informed consent from adult GBM patients during their operative procedure as previously described (Kelly et al, Stem Cells 2009) and approved by the University of Calgary Ethics Review Board. Briefly, BTSC cultures were initiated in serum-free defined culture medium (SFM) and gave rise to nonadherent spheres after 7 to 21 days in culture. Primary tumor spheres were expanded for several passages and then cryopreserved in 10% DMSO (Sigma Aldrich) in serum-free defined medium until use in experiments. Human fetal neural stem cells were also cultured as previously described and induced to differentiate into astrocytes by addition of 10% fetal bovine serum and removal of EGF, FGF-2 and heparan sulfate.
  • Fluorescence Polarization Assay
  • STAT3, STAT5 and STAT1: The fluorescence polarization studies were performed on an Infinite M1000 (Tecan, Crailsheim, Germany) machine using black 384-round bottom well plates (Coming). The buffer used contained 50 mM NaCl, 10 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 1 mM EDTA and 2 mM dithiothreitol and a final concentration of 5% DMSO.
  • Test compounds were dissolved in DMSO and diluted using a dilution medium consisting of 50 mM NaCl, 10 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 1 mM EDTA, and 2 mM dithiothreitol. Fluorescently-labelled pYLPQTV peptide (FAM-pYLPQTV) was kept at a final concentration of 10 nM in the buffered solution. Non-labelled pYLPQTV peptide was dissolved in DMSO and diluted using the dilution medium for use as a positive control. A calibration curve was performed using 10 nM Fam-pYLPQTV and dilutions of STAT3 and STAT1 protein (5.0 μl, to 2.4 nM) at a final DMSO concentration of 10% (FIG. 7).
  • The midpoint of the saturation curve was used to determine the STAT3 concentration required for the competitive fluorescent polarization assay. 7.5 μL of FAM-pYLPQTV peptides was added to the already plated 15 μL of a 750 nM STAT3 protein solution in 384-flat well plates. 7.5 μL of inhibitory molecules (and positive control) solution were individually added to the plate. The final inhibitory concentrations were 100 μL, 50 μL, 25 μL, 12.5 μL, 6.3 μL, or 3.1 μL. The 10% DMSO buffer solution was incubated for 15-30 minutes before signal measurements by the Infinite M1000. Results for compounds 22, 31, 32, and 33 are illustrated in FIG. 8.
  • Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) studies
  • Interactions of His-tagged STAT3 with small molecules were investigated using SPR spectroscopy. The binding experiments were carried out on a ProteOn XPR36 (Bio-Rad) biosensor at 25° C. using the HTE sensor chip (Bio-Rad, Ontario, Canada). The flow cells of the sensor chip were loaded with a nickel solution at 30 μL/min for 120 s to saturate the Tris-NTA surface with Ni(II) ions. Purified His-tagged STAT3 and STAT5 (SignalChem, British Columbia, Canada) in PBST buffer (PBS with 0.005% (v/v) Tween-20 and 0.001% DMSO pH 7.4) was injected in the first and second channels of the chip respectively in the vertical direction at a flow rate of 25 μg/μL for 300 s, which attained, on average, ˜8000 resonance unit (RU). After a wash with PBST buffer, inhibitors binding to the immobilized proteins were monitored by injecting a range of concentrations along with a blank at a flow rate of 100 μL/min for 200 s for each of these small molecules. When the injection of the small molecule inhibitor was completed, running buffer was allowed to flow over the immobilized substrates for the non-specifically bound inhibitors to dissociate for 600 s. Following dissociation of the inhibitors, the chip surface was regenerated with an injection of 1 M NaCl at a flow rate of 100 μL/ml for 18 s. Interspot channel reference was used for non-specific binding corrections and the blank channel used with each analyte injection served as a double reference to correct for possible baseline drift. Data were analyzed using ProteOn Manager Software version 3.1. The Langmuir 1:1 binding model was used to determine the KD values.
  • Control experiments were conducted to validate protocol.
  • STAT5 peptide sequence binding to His-Tagged-STAT5 using the protocol above:
  • KD (STAT3)=14.9 μM
  • KD (STAT5)=262 nM
  • STAT3 peptide sequence binding to His-Tagged-STAT3 using the protocol above:
  • KD (STAT3)=135 nM
  • KD (STAT5)=No binding
  • Comparison Data to WP1066 and Cucurbitacin
  • Since these inhibitors are designed with the aim to target STAT3, they are most potent in cell lines which are highly reliant on the STAT3 protein. BTSCs are amongst the most deadly STAT3 dependent cancer cell lines identified to date and it is thus why these cell lines display such sensitivity to our STAT3 inhibitors. Nevertheless, as expected, these compounds could also be used to treat other cancers. The rationale is that since the compounds described herein can effectively kill the very resistant and highly deadly BTSCs which are almost irresponsive to most chemotherapy agents, they can be applied against a variety of other cancer cells as well.
  • In addition to brain cancer, in order to evaluate the potential of the compounds of the present invention for treating other forms of cancer, the IC50 for compounds 22, 31, 32, 23, et 33 (also referred to in the table as SH-04-08, SH-04-54, SH-05-07, SH-05-19, AND SH-05-23, respectively) was determined against other STAT3 dependent cancers such as Breast cancer cells (MDA-MB-468), Prostate (PPC1 or DU145) and leukemia cancer cells (AML-2) in parallel with BTSC 30M. The results are reported in Table 6 below.
  • TABLE 6
    Breast Cancer Prostate
    Code BTSC 30M (MDA-MB-468) (DU145) AML-2
    SH-04-08 900 nM <1 uM 12.0 uM <1 uM
    SH-04-54 500 nM <1 uM 11.3 uM <1 uM
    SH-05-07 971 nM <1 uM 15.9 uM <1 uM
    SH-05-19 505 nM <1 uM  9.8 uM <1 uM
    SH-05-23 689 nM <1 uM 14.2 uM <1 uM
  • Pancreatic Cancer
  • Low passage patient-derived pancreatic cancer line (Panc 10.05) was plated in 96-well plates (3×103 per well) and allowed to attach overnight. STAT3 inhibitors 31, 41, 42 and 38 were added at indicated concentrations. Cell survival was measured 72 h after drug addition with the MTS assay. The results are reported in FIG. 9.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the potent biological effects in a patient-derived pancreatic cancer cell line of the STAT3 inhibitors tested. ED50 (IC50) values calculated for compounds 31, 41, 42, and 38 are respectively of 6.2, 16.4, 16.7, and 4.8 μM.
  • Western Blot Analysis of pSTAT3 Inhibition
  • Low passage patient-derived pancreatic cancer lines (Pa03C and Panc 10.05) were plated in 6-well plates (2×10 and 8×104, respectively) and allowed to attach overnight. STAT3 inhibitors were added for 1 hr prior to IL-6 stimulation (50 ng/mL, 15 min). STAT3 inhibitors were present during L-6 stimulation Cells were harvested and lysed for Western blotting phospho-Specific STAT3 antibody (Y705) was used to look at STAT3 phosphorylation and total STAT3 antibody was used to normalize activation of STAT3. Antibodies were from Cell Signaling and used at a 1:1000 dilution.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 10, compound 31 potently inhibits de novo phosphorylation of STAT3 protein in pancreatic cancer cells.
  • As can be seen on FIG. 11, compound 31 effectively kills tumor cells grown in 3D cultures in the presence and absence of cancer-associated fibroblasts (CAFs). FIG. 11 illustrates the effects of STAT3 inhibitor 31 on low passage patient-derived pancreatic cancer line (Pa03C) plated in a 96-well plate coated with 1% Noble Agar in media containing 3% Matrigel, with and without cancer-associated fibroblasts. The ratio of the tumor to CAFs is 1:4. Tumor spheres begin to form around Day 3, and STAT3 inhibitor 31 added at Day 4 and 8. Cytotoxicity is assessed by fluorescence using Alamar Blue assay on Day 11.
  • Multiple Myeloma
  • MTT Cytotoxicity
  • For assessing MM cell viability, HMCL cells were seeded in 96-well plates in triplicate at a density of 20,000 cells/well and incubated with increasing concentrations of 16i and 21h or DMSO control and cell viability assessed by MTT (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol)-2,5-diphenyl tetrazolium) colorimetric analysis. Results are reported at FIG. 12.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates compound 31 potently reducing cell viability in 12 of 15 different multiple myeloma tumor cell lines as assessed by MTT assay with calculated ED50's ranging from between 2-6 μM.
  • Brain Cancer
  • For Western blotting, BTSC spheres were dissociated with Accumax (eBioscience) and plated at 106 cells/1.5 mL of media. Cells were treated with vehicle (DMSO) or drug and pelleted at select time points. For protein extraction, BTICs were lysed in modified RIPA buffer (50 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% Na Deoxycholate, 1% NP-40) supplemented with Complete Mini protease (Roche) and Halt phosphatase (Thermo Scientific) inhibitor cocktails. Protein concentrations were quantified using the BioRad protein assay; 11-15 μg of protein were loaded on 7.5% or 12% sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS PAGE) gels and transblotted to nitrocellulose membranes. Blots were stained with primary antibodies followed by horseradish peroxidase (HRP)-conjugated secondary antibodies. Primary antibodies included JAK2, p-JAK2, EGFR, pEGFR (Y1068), p-STAT3 Y705, p-STAT3 S727, cyclin D1, p-Akt S473, Akt, p-Erk1/2 T202/Y204, p-S6 S235/236, PARP, β-tubulin, PDGRβ, pPDGFRβ Y1009 (Cell Signaling Technology), Erk1/2 (Millipore), STAT3 and Actin (Santa Cruz Biotechnology), Secondary antibodies included donkey anti-mouse, donkey anti-goat and goat anti-rabbit (Calbiochem). Bands were visualized with the SuperSignal West Pico chemiluminescent substrate (Thermo Scientific) and Hyperfilm (Amersham).
  • For in vivo on-target Assessment, BTIC spheres from BT73 were enzymatically dissociated (Accumax, eBioscicnce) to single cell suspensions. Cells were washed in PBS and re-suspended at 105 cells per 3 μL, media for orthotopic xenografts. Six non-obese diabetic severe combined immunodeficiency (NOD SCID) mice were each xenografted with 10s BT73 cells stereotactically implanted into the right striatum. Seven days following implants, mice were randomized into vehicle and drug cohorts and injected i.p., four days on, three days off, for a total of 10 doses. Drug-treated mice received a 10 mg/kg dose of compound 31 re-suspended in 100 μL 50% polyethylene glycol 300 (PEG 300, Sigma-Aldrich) in water. Vehicle-treated mice received an equal volume of 50% PEG 300 in water. Mice were euthanized with a lethal dose of sodium pentobarbitol, followed by transcardiac perfusion of 4% paraformaldehyde (PFA) two hours following injection of the last drug dose. Brains were removed, fixed in 4% PFA and cryosectioned at 12 μm for assessment by histology and immunohistochemistry. Hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining was performed according to standard protocols. Immunohistochemistry was performed by incubating with primary antibodies overnight at 4° C. followed by the Vectastain Elite mouse IgG or rabbit IgG kits (Vector Laboratories) and detection with DAB substrate and hematoxylin counterstaining (Sigma-Aldrich) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Primary antibodies included -STAT3 S727 (Cell Signaling Technology) and Ki67 (Novocastra). Secondary antibodies included biotin conjugated goat anti-rabbit (Jackson Immunoresearch).) Xenograft tumor cells undergoing apoptosis were also detected with the ApopTag Plus Peroxidase In Situ Apoptosis Detection Kit (Chemicon International, Inc., Temecula, Calif.) according to the manufacturer's instructions (TUNEL assay). Histology and immunohistochemistry and TUNEL assay images were acquired using the Olympus Slide Scanner and OlyVia software at the University of Calgary Regenerational U nit in Neurobiology Microscopy facility.
  • The results of the hematoxylin/eosin staining are reported in FIG. 13 illustrating sections of NOT)-SCID mouse brains showing tumours from BT73 cells in control mice and in mice treated with inhibitor 31. Treatment with compound 31 resulted in significant decrease in tumour cells.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates the effect of compound 31 for decreasing pSTAT expression in mice orthotopically xenografted with BT73 brain cancer cells. As can be seen from FIG. 14, compound 31 displays on target effectiveness at reducing activated phospho-STAT as demonstrated by reduced immunohistochemical staining in treated tumours. (A) vehicle treated and (B) inhibitor 31 treated brains. Bottom panels are higher magnification of tumour regions in top panels.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates the effect of compound 31 for reducing proliferation in BT73 brain tumours. Decreased expression of proliferation marker Ki67 is observed in mice treated with inhibitor 31 (A) vehicle treated and (B) inhibitor 31 treated brains. Bottom panels are higher magnification of tumour regions in top panels.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an increased apoptosis (TUNEL staining) in mice treated with compound 31. Increased TUNEL staining demonstrating apoptic cell death is observed in the tumours of mice treated with compound 31. Panel (A) is vehicle treated and panel (B) is compound 31 treated brains. Bottom panels are higher magnification of tumour regions in top panels.
  • It has been shown herein that compound 31 is effective at reducing activated phospho-STAT3 in tumours generated by orthotopically xenografted human brain tumour stem cells in the brains of NOD-SCID mice, accompanied by a decrease in proliferation and increased cell death. The other compounds of the present invention are anticipated to have the same properties. In fact, other tests as reported hereinbefore have shown that compound 31 behave like other compounds tested. Here, in this experiment on brain cancer, compound 31 was used to demonstrate the general behavior of the compounds of the present invention.
  • Blood Brain Barrier Permeability
  • Compounds 31 and 32 were given to three mice at 10 mg/kg BID via IP for five days and blood was collected at two time points (30 min. and 300 min.) for all mice. Plasma was separated from blood by centrifugation and stored at −20° C. until analysis. Brain was also collected from one mouse at each dose. Concentrations of compounds were determined using LC-MS.
  • As can be seen on FIG. 17, compound 31 was found to be present in the brain with different dosing (10 mg/kg and 25 mg/kg) as assessed by LCMS. Compound 31 accumulates up to 0.7 μM concentrations in the brain in mice models.
  • As can be seen from FIG. 18, compound 31 accumulates up to 300 nM concentrations in the brain in mice models at 10 mg/kg dosing.
  • As can by seen from FIG. 19, compound 32 accumulates up to ˜1.2 μM concentrations in the brain in mice models at 10 mg/kg dosing.
  • Plasma concentration of compound 31 increased dose dependently from 0.24 μM to 0.58 μM for 10 and 25 mg/kg, respectively. However, no compound was detected after 5 hr at both doses indicating a fast clearance. Plasma concentration did not change significantly between 30 min. and 300 min for both compounds 31 and 32. For compound 31, about 0.3 μM compound was seen in the brain of 10 mg/kg dosed mouse. The brain concentration of compound 32 was at ˜1.2 μM for 10 mg/kg dosed mouse. The above is a clear indication that the compounds of the present invention can cross the blood brai barrier.
  • Breast Cancer
  • Inhibition of Cell Proliferation in ErbB2 Mammary Breast Tumour Cell Lines (NIC)
  • Compounds were assessed for inhibition of cell proliferation in ErbB2 mammary breast tumour cell lines (NIC) containing the activated form of ErbB2 using a CyQuant Assay. Compound 31 was directly compared to BP-1-102 over a range of concentrations.
  • Protocol of CyQuant Proliferation Assay
  • Three individual Mouse Mammary Tumour Virus ErbB2 mammary tumour cell lines (NIC) were resuspended in 10% FBS plus single quots DMEM media to a final concentration of 40,000 cells per 1 mL. Cells were plated at a concentration of 4,000 cells in 1001 μL of media per well on 96 well NUNC plates and incubated for 24 h hours at 37° C. plus 5% CO2. After 24 hours the media was aspirated and replaced with either normal media, media+DMSO (1:1000) or media containing the appropriate concentration of drug (BP1-102 5 μM, 10 μM or 20 μM or compound 31, also referred to herein as SH-04-5 μM, 5 μM, 10 μM or 20 μM). Each condition was repeated in quadruplicate. At predetermined time points; at treatment, 24 h, 48 h and 72 h post treatment, the media was removed from the cells and the plates were stored at −80° C. wrapped in tin foil. When needed, all the plates were thawed to room temperature.
  • Invitrogen's CyQuant Cell Proliferation Assay kit was used to measure DNA content. Following their directions, the cell lysis buffer was diluted 1:20 with water and then the CyQuant GR solution 1:400 in the lysis buffer. 200 μL of the Cyquant solution was added to each well and the plate protected from light. The plates were then incubated for 2-5 minutes protected from light, then read on a fluorescence microplate reader with filters for 480 nm excitation and 520 nm emission maxima. Quadruplicates were averaged and the error bars represent the S.E.M. In some cases the absorbance was normalized to the DMSO control.
  • In FIG. 20, cells were plated at 4,000 cells per well in a 96 well plate, incubated for 24 hours then treated with 31 at 5 μM, 10 μM and 20 μM for 24, 48 and 72 hours. Plates were stored at −80° C. Plates were thawed and treated with Invitrogen's Cyquant Cell Proliferation Assay which measures DNA content. Fluorescence was measured using a fluorescence microplate reader with filters at 480 nm and 520 nm. Each data point was done in quadruplicate and error bars represent S.E.M.
  • In FIG. 21, cells were plated at 4,000 cells per well in a 96 well plate, incubated for 24 hours then treated with BP1-102 or compound 31 at 5 μM for 24, 48 and 72 hours. Plates were stored at −80° C. Plates were thawed and treated with Invitrogen's Cyquant Cell Proliferation Assay which measures DNA content. Fluorescence was measured using a fluorescence microplate reader with filters at 480 nm and 520 nm. Each data point was done in quadruplicate and error bars represent S.E.M.
  • As can be appreciated, compound 31 is potent at 5 μM in MMTV ErbB2 mammary tumour cell lines (NIC), completely inhibiting cell proliferation in 2071 NIC cells. In comparison with BPI-102, compound 31 was shown to be more potent over three different breast cancer NIC cell lines, 2071, 8518 and 9822.
  • While the disclosure has been described in connection with specific embodiments thereof, it is understood that it is capable of further modifications and that this application is intended to cover any variation, use, or adaptation of the disclosure following, in general, the principles of the disclosure and including such departures from the present disclosure that come within known, or customary practice within the art to which the disclosure pertains and as may be applied to the essential features hereinbefore set forth, and as follows in the scope of the appended claims

Claims (16)

1-19. (canceled)
20. A compound of formula I
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00172
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein each of m and n are independently an integer from 0-3;
wherein R1 is selected from A1, A2, -(A1)-(A2), -(A2)-(A3), -(A3)-(A2), -(A3)-(A4), -(A5)-(A1)-(A7), -(A5)-(A2)-(A8), -(A5)-(A3)-(A7), and -(A5)-(A6)-L-(A7);
wherein A1 is C3-6 cycloalkyl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkylthio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R5, (C═O)OR5, and (C═O)NHR5;
wherein A2 is C3-6 cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkylthio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R6, (C═O)OR6, and (C═O)NHR6;
wherein A3 is aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkylthio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R7, (C═O)OR7, and (C═O)NHR7;
wherein A4 is aryl, and substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkylthio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R8, (C═O)OR8, and (C═O)NHR8;
wherein A5 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkylthio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R9, (C═O)OR9, and (C═O)NHR9;
wherein A6 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6, polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkylthio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R10, (C═O)OR10, and (C═O)NHR10;
wherein A7 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, cyano, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkylthio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)R11, (C═O)OR11, and (C═O)NHR11;
wherein A8 is selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 heterocycloalkyl, and aryl, and substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 polyhaloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 polyhaloalkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 haloalkylthio, C1-6 polyhaloalkylthio, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 dialkylamino, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkoxy, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-alkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-haloalkylthio, (C1-6)-alkyl-(C1-6)-polyhaloalkylthio, CO2H, (C═O)RU, (C═O)OR12, and (C═O)NHR12;
wherein L is selected from —(C═O)— and —SO2—;
wherein each of R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, and R2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 polyhaloalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or polymorph thereof,
wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00173
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00174
wherein R3 is selected from the structure represented by formula:
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00175
wherein R4 is an aryl substituted with with one or more groups selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, and thiol.
21. The compound of claim 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, wherein m=0 and R2 is —CH3.
22. The compound of claim 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, wherein R1 is selected from -(A3)-(A2) and -(A2)-(A3).
23. The compound of claim 22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, wherein n is 1, A2 is cyclohexyl and A3 is aryl.
24. The compound of claim 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, wherein R3 is pentafluorobenzene.
25. A compound having a structure below,
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00176
wherein R4 is
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00177
and R3 is
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00178
or
wherein R4 is
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00179
and R3 is
Figure US20190382422A1-20191219-C00180
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in claim 20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof and an acceptable excipient.
27. A method for inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as defined in claim 20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, to a patient.
28. A method for reducing tumor growth with cancer cells harbouring activated STAT3 or STAT5, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as defined in claim 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to a patient.
29. The method of claim 28, where said cancer cells are from solid or hematological tumors.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein said cancer cells are from a cancer selected from the group consisting of breast cancer, brain cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma, multiple myeloma, acute myelogenic leukemia (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemia.
31. A method of using the pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 26 for inhibiting STAT3 and/or STAT5 activity, the method comprising contacting a cell comprising STAT3 and/or STAT5 with the pharmaceutical composition.
32. The method of using the pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 31, for use in reducing tumor growth with cancer cells harbouring activated STAT3 or STAT5.
33. The method of using the pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 32, wherein said cancer cells are from solid or hematological tumors.
34. The method of using the pharmaceutical composition as defined in claim 33, wherein said cancer cells are from a cancer is selected from the group consisting of breast cancer, brain cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, head cancer, neck cancer, glioblastoma, multiple myeloma, acute myelogenic leukemia (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemia.
US16/451,883 2012-05-25 2019-06-25 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof Abandoned US20190382422A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/451,883 US20190382422A1 (en) 2012-05-25 2019-06-25 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261651757P 2012-05-25 2012-05-25
PCT/US2013/042689 WO2013177534A2 (en) 2012-05-25 2013-05-24 New salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof
US201414550293A 2014-11-21 2014-11-21
US15/475,108 US10377780B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2017-03-30 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof
US16/451,883 US20190382422A1 (en) 2012-05-25 2019-06-25 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/475,108 Continuation US10377780B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2017-03-30 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20190382422A1 true US20190382422A1 (en) 2019-12-19

Family

ID=49624538

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/550,293 Active US9650399B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2013-05-24 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof
US15/475,108 Active US10377780B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2017-03-30 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof
US16/451,883 Abandoned US20190382422A1 (en) 2012-05-25 2019-06-25 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/550,293 Active US9650399B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2013-05-24 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof
US15/475,108 Active US10377780B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2017-03-30 Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (3) US9650399B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2854819B1 (en)
JP (2) JP6290871B2 (en)
CN (2) CN105120854B (en)
BR (1) BR112014029439A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2874057A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1218709A1 (en)
RU (1) RU2641903C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2013177534A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021178907A1 (en) * 2020-03-05 2021-09-10 Janpix, Ltd. Stat inhibitory compounds and compositions

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6570512B2 (en) * 2013-03-22 2019-09-04 ユニバーシティ・オブ・ハワイＵｎｉｖｅｒｓｉｔｙ Ｏｆ Ｈａｗａｉｉ Novel Stat3 inhibitor
CA2950612C (en) * 2014-05-30 2023-05-23 The Governing Council Of The University Of Toronto Sulfonamide compounds and their use as stat5 inhibitors
EP3570836A4 (en) * 2017-01-23 2020-08-19 The University of Hawaii 2-arylsulfonamido-n-arylacetamide derivatized stat3 inhibitors
JP2022515248A (en) * 2018-12-21 2022-02-17 ザ ガバニング カウンシル オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ トロント Novel salicylic acid derivative, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof
AU2020253633A1 (en) 2019-04-05 2021-11-04 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. STAT degraders and uses thereof
CN115551490A (en) * 2020-03-05 2022-12-30 詹皮克斯有限公司 Alpha-substituted STAT inhibitors and compositions thereof
CN112941036B (en) * 2021-02-08 2023-06-09 吉林惠康生物药业有限公司 Method for improving replication level of rabies virus in human diploid cells
CN114751927B (en) * 2022-03-08 2023-10-31 中山大学 Boric acid compound, preparation method and application

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2487156B1 (en) * 2003-12-11 2014-07-16 Board Of Regents The University Of Texas System Compounds for treatment of cell proliferative diseases
JP5654233B2 (en) * 2006-03-31 2015-01-14 ザ ボード オブ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティー オブ テキサス システム Orally bioavailable caffeic acid-related anticancer agents
WO2007136858A2 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-29 H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center & Research Institute Small molecule inhibitors of stat3 with anti-tumor activity
UA95978C2 (en) * 2006-10-02 2011-09-26 Оцука Фармас'Ютікел Ко., Лтд. Stat3/5 activation inhibitor
NZ590355A (en) * 2008-07-10 2013-01-25 Yakult Honsha Kk Stat3 inhibitor containing quinolinecarboxamide derivative as active ingredient
EP2416784A4 (en) 2009-04-06 2012-08-29 Univ Central Florida Res Found Compounds that suppress cancer cells and exhibit antitumor activity
US8846707B2 (en) * 2010-08-02 2014-09-30 Univeristy Of Central Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Substituted 2-hydroxy-4-(2-(phenylsulfonamido)acetamido)benzoic acid analogs as inhibitors of stat protein
JP6570512B2 (en) * 2013-03-22 2019-09-04 ユニバーシティ・オブ・ハワイＵｎｉｖｅｒｓｉｔｙ Ｏｆ Ｈａｗａｉｉ Novel Stat3 inhibitor

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021178907A1 (en) * 2020-03-05 2021-09-10 Janpix, Ltd. Stat inhibitory compounds and compositions

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2018109017A (en) 2018-07-12
US20170267704A1 (en) 2017-09-21
RU2014152697A (en) 2016-07-20
RU2641903C2 (en) 2018-01-23
CN105120854A (en) 2015-12-02
EP2854819A2 (en) 2015-04-08
US10377780B2 (en) 2019-08-13
EP2854819B1 (en) 2020-01-15
BR112014029439A2 (en) 2017-06-27
HK1218709A1 (en) 2017-03-10
US9650399B2 (en) 2017-05-16
CA2874057A1 (en) 2013-11-28
JP2015522551A (en) 2015-08-06
EP2854819A4 (en) 2016-06-15
CN110003104A (en) 2019-07-12
WO2013177534A2 (en) 2013-11-28
JP6543366B2 (en) 2019-07-10
CN105120854B (en) 2019-04-09
JP6290871B2 (en) 2018-03-07
WO2013177534A3 (en) 2015-05-28
US20150158894A1 (en) 2015-06-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20190382422A1 (en) Salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof
JP6887996B2 (en) TEAD transcription factor autopalmitoylation inhibitor
US10954258B2 (en) STAT3 dimerization inhibitors
ES2739814T3 (en) Compounds of (3- (5-Chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl) -1-benzoyl-1H-pyrazole substituted as histone demethylase inhibitors
KR101679400B1 (en) Co-crystals of Tramadol and NSAIDs
US9428465B2 (en) Acid ceramidase inhibitors and their use as medicaments
BR112012002511A2 (en) analogous compounds of aryl sphingosine 1-bicyclic phosphate, their pharmaceutical composition and their use
KR20130121818A (en) Substituted 2-hydroxy-4-(2-(phenylsulfonamido)acetamido)benzoic acid analogs as inhibitors of stat proteins
Song et al. Discovery of bazedoxifene analogues targeting glycoprotein 130
US20220089531A1 (en) New salicylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, composition thereof and method of use thereof
JP2015533778A (en) Novel phenyl-pyridine / pyrazine amide for the treatment of cancer
US8586749B2 (en) Compounds that suppress cancer cells and exhibit antitumor activity
WO2018189679A1 (en) Isoindoline derivatives for use as ampk activators
WO2013178545A1 (en) Acid ceramidase inhibitors and their use as medicaments
WO2013116948A1 (en) Indolizine derivatives
CA3140417A1 (en) Substituted fluorine-containing imidazole salt compound, preparation method therefor, pharmaceutical composition thereof and use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: INDIANA UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY CORPORA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:FISHEL, MELISSA L.;REEL/FRAME:051366/0212

Effective date: 20150423

Owner name: THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GUNNING, PATRICK THOMAS;HAFTCHENARY, SINA;PAGE, BRENT DAVID GEORGE;REEL/FRAME:051366/0179

Effective date: 20130523

Owner name: UTI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, CANADA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WEISS, SAMUEL;LUCHMAN, HEMA ARTEE;SIGNING DATES FROM 20130523 TO 20130524;REEL/FRAME:051418/0169

AS Assignment

Owner name: INDIANA UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION, INDIANA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:FISHEL, MELISSA L.;REEL/FRAME:051582/0400

Effective date: 20150423

Owner name: THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO, CANADA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GUNNING, PATRICK THOMAS;HAFTCHENARY, SINA;PAGE, BRENT DAVID GEORGE;REEL/FRAME:051582/0304

Effective date: 20130523

Owner name: UTI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, CANADA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WEISS, SAMUEL;LUCHMAN, HEMA ARTEE;REEL/FRAME:051664/0915

Effective date: 20130524

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION